elf32-ppc.c revision 1.12
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF 2 Copyright (C) 1994-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. 4 5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 6 7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 10 (at your option) any later version. 11 12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 GNU General Public License for more details. 16 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 along with this program; if not, write to the 19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, 20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 21 22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even 23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount 24 needs them. */ 25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true 26 27 #include "sysdep.h" 28 #include <stdarg.h> 29 #include "bfd.h" 30 #include "bfdlink.h" 31 #include "libbfd.h" 32 #include "elf-bfd.h" 33 #include "elf/ppc.h" 34 #include "elf32-ppc.h" 35 #include "elf-vxworks.h" 36 #include "dwarf2.h" 37 #include "opcode/ppc.h" 38 39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */ 40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1 41 42 typedef enum split16_format_type 43 { 44 split16a_type = 0, 45 split16d_type 46 } 47 split16_format_type; 48 49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */ 50 51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc 52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc 54 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 55 56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */ 57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000 58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */ 59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000 60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */ 61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16 62 63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp 64 section. */ 65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1" 66 67 /* For old-style PLT. */ 68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */ 69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192 70 71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */ 72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4 73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \ 74 ((4*4 \ 75 + (h != NULL \ 76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \ 77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \ 78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \ 79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align)) 80 81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */ 82 83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */ 84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32 85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry 86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 87 { 88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */ 94 0x60000000, /* nop */ 95 0x60000000, /* nop */ 96 }; 97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 99 { 100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */ 101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */ 106 0x60000000, /* nop */ 107 0x60000000, /* nop */ 108 }; 109 110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */ 111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32 112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry 113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 114 { 115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */ 117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */ 118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */ 119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */ 120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 121 0x60000000, /* nop */ 122 0x60000000, /* nop */ 123 }; 124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 126 { 127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */ 128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */ 130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 131 0x60000000, /* nop */ 132 0x60000000, /* nop */ 133 0x60000000, /* nop */ 134 0x60000000, /* nop */ 135 }; 136 137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in 138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */ 139 140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */ 141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3 142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */ 143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating 145 a shared library. */ 146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 147 148 /* Some instructions. */ 149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000 150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000 151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000 152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000 153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14 154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214 155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14 156 #define B 0x48000000 157 #define BA 0x48000002 158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020 161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000 162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000 163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000 164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000 165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000 166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000 167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000 168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000 169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000 170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000 171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78 172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378 173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6 174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6 175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6 176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6 177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6 178 #define NOP 0x60000000 179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850 180 181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */ 182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 184 185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */ 186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \ 187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \ 188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \ 189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value) 190 191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */ 193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple 194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is 195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative. 196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at 197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24 198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here, 199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */ 200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \ 201 complain, special_func) \ 202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \ 203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \ 204 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative) 205 206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max]; 207 208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = { 209 /* This reloc does nothing. */ 210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont, 211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 212 213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */ 214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 216 217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed, 220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 221 222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */ 223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield, 224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 225 226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */ 227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 229 230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */ 231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 233 234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of 235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 238 239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed, 242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 243 244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two 246 bits must be zero. */ 247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed, 248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 249 250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower 252 two bits must be zero. */ 253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed, 254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 255 256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed, 258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 259 260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed, 262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 263 264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be 266 zero. */ 267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed, 268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 269 270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must 272 be zero. */ 273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed, 274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 275 276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the 277 symbol. */ 278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 280 281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for 282 the symbol. */ 283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 285 286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for 287 the symbol. */ 288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 290 291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for 292 the symbol. */ 293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 295 296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table 297 entry for the symbol. */ 298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed, 299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 300 301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist 302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The 303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the 304 shared library into the object, because the object being 305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */ 306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 308 309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table 310 entries. */ 311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 313 314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */ 315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 317 318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this 319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the 320 addend. */ 321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 323 324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the 325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for 326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed, 328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 329 330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */ 331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 333 334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */ 335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield, 336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 337 338 /* 32-bit PC relative */ 339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont, 340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 341 342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 343 FIXME: not supported. */ 344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 346 347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 348 FIXME: not supported. */ 349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 4, 32, 0, 0, true, dont, 350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 351 352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for 353 the symbol. */ 354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 356 357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for 358 the symbol. */ 359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 361 362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for 363 the symbol. */ 364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 366 367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with 368 small data items. */ 369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 371 372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */ 373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 375 376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */ 377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 379 380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */ 381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 383 384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */ 385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 387 388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */ 389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 391 392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 394 395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 397 398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */ 399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 401 402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 404 405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the 406 definition of its TLS sym. */ 407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 409 410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value 411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that 412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */ 413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 415 416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */ 417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 419 420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 423 424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 427 428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 431 432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of 433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */ 434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 436 437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */ 438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 440 441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 444 445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 448 449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 452 453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset 455 to the first entry. */ 456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 458 459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */ 460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 462 463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 466 467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 470 471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the 473 first entry. */ 474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 476 477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */ 478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 480 481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 484 485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 488 489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes 490 the offset to the entry. */ 491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 493 494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 497 498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 501 502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 505 506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the 507 offset to the entry. */ 508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 510 511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 514 515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 518 519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 522 523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not 524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */ 525 526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 529 530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 533 534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 537 538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */ 539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 541 542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address, 543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, 544 is negative. */ 545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 547 548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from 550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 553 554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from 556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 559 560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with 561 small data items. */ 562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 564 565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit 566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register 567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 570 571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */ 572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */ 573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */ 574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */ 575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */ 576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */ 577 578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling 579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the 580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 583 584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */ 585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 2, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed, 586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 587 588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */ 589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 4, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed, 590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 591 592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */ 593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 4, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed, 594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 595 596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */ 597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont, 598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 599 600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */ 601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont, 602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 603 604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */ 605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont, 606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 607 608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */ 609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont, 610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 611 612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */ 613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont, 614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 615 616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */ 617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont, 618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 619 620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i 621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes 622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */ 623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 625 626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */ 627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 629 630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont, 632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 633 634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont, 636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 637 638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont, 640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 641 642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont, 644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 645 646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */ 647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont, 648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 649 650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */ 651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont, 652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 653 654 /* e_li split20 format. */ 655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 4, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont, 656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 657 658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 660 661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */ 662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed, 663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 664 665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */ 666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont, 667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 668 669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */ 670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont, 671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 672 673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of 674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont, 676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 677 678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */ 679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed, 680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 681 682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */ 683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed, 684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 685 686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ 687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont, 688 NULL), 689 690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ 691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont, 692 NULL), 693 694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */ 695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 697 }; 698 699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */ 701 702 static void 703 ppc_elf_howto_init (void) 704 { 705 unsigned int i, type; 706 707 for (i = 0; 708 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 709 i++) 710 { 711 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type; 712 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table) 713 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0]))) 714 abort (); 715 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 716 } 717 } 718 719 static reloc_howto_type * 720 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 721 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) 722 { 723 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r; 724 725 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 726 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 727 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 728 729 switch (code) 730 { 731 default: 732 return NULL; 733 734 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break; 735 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break; 737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: 738 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break; 739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: 740 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break; 741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break; 742 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break; 743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break; 744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break; 745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break; 746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break; 747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break; 748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break; 749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break; 750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: 751 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break; 752 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: 753 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break; 754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break; 755 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break; 756 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break; 757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break; 758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break; 759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break; 760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break; 761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break; 762 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break; 763 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: 764 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break; 765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break; 766 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break; 767 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break; 768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: 769 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break; 770 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: 771 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break; 772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break; 773 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break; 774 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: 776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break; 777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break; 778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break; 779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break; 780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break; 781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: 782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break; 783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: 784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break; 785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break; 786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break; 787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break; 788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: 789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break; 790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: 791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break; 792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break; 793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break; 794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break; 795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break; 796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break; 797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break; 798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break; 799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break; 800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break; 801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break; 802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break; 803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break; 804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break; 805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break; 806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break; 807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break; 808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break; 809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break; 810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break; 811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break; 812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break; 813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break; 814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break; 815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break; 816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break; 817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break; 818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break; 819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break; 820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break; 821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break; 822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break; 823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break; 824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break; 825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break; 826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break; 827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break; 828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break; 829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break; 830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break; 831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break; 832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break; 833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break; 834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break; 835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break; 836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break; 837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break; 838 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 839 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A; 840 break; 841 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 842 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D; 843 break; 844 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 845 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A; 846 break; 847 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 848 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D; 849 break; 850 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 851 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A; 852 break; 853 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 854 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D; 855 break; 856 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break; 857 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break; 858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break; 859 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break; 860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break; 861 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break; 862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break; 863 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break; 864 } 865 866 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r]; 867 }; 868 869 static reloc_howto_type * 870 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 871 const char *r_name) 872 { 873 unsigned int i; 874 875 for (i = 0; 876 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 877 i++) 878 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL 879 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0) 880 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 881 882 return NULL; 883 } 884 885 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ 886 887 static bool 888 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, 889 arelent *cache_ptr, 890 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) 891 { 892 unsigned int r_type; 893 894 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 895 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 896 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 897 898 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); 899 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max) 900 { 901 /* xgettext:c-format */ 902 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 903 abfd, r_type); 904 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 905 return false; 906 } 907 908 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 909 910 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that 911 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */ 912 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL) 913 { 914 /* xgettext:c-format */ 915 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 916 abfd, r_type); 917 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 918 919 return false; 920 } 921 922 return true; 923 } 924 925 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */ 926 927 static bfd_reloc_status_type 928 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, 929 arelent *reloc_entry, 930 asymbol *symbol, 931 void *data, 932 asection *input_section, 933 bfd *output_bfd, 934 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 935 { 936 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 937 long insn; 938 bfd_size_type octets; 939 bfd_vma value; 940 941 if (output_bfd != NULL) 942 { 943 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 944 return bfd_reloc_ok; 945 } 946 947 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; 948 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; 949 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 950 return bfd_reloc_continue; 951 952 value = 0; 953 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 954 value = symbol->value; 955 value += (reloc_entry->addend 956 + symbol->section->output_offset 957 + symbol->section->output_section->vma); 958 value -= (reloc_entry->address 959 + input_section->output_offset 960 + input_section->output_section->vma); 961 value >>= 16; 962 963 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); 964 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, 965 input_section, octets)) 966 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 967 968 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 969 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 970 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15); 971 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 972 return bfd_reloc_ok; 973 } 974 975 static bfd_reloc_status_type 976 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, 977 arelent *reloc_entry, 978 asymbol *symbol, 979 void *data, 980 asection *input_section, 981 bfd *output_bfd, 982 char **error_message) 983 { 984 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just 985 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final 986 link time. */ 987 if (output_bfd != NULL) 988 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 989 input_section, output_bfd, error_message); 990 991 if (error_message != NULL) 992 *error_message = bfd_asprintf (_("generic linker can't handle %s"), 993 reloc_entry->howto->name); 994 return bfd_reloc_dangerous; 995 } 996 997 /* Sections created by the linker. */ 999 1000 typedef struct elf_linker_section 1001 { 1002 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */ 1003 asection *section; 1004 /* Section name. */ 1005 const char *name; 1006 /* Associated bss section name. */ 1007 const char *bss_name; 1008 /* Associated symbol name. */ 1009 const char *sym_name; 1010 /* Associated symbol. */ 1011 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym; 1012 } elf_linker_section_t; 1013 1014 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the 1015 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers, 1016 based on different addend's. */ 1017 1018 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers 1019 { 1020 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */ 1021 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next; 1022 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */ 1023 bfd_vma offset; 1024 /* addend used */ 1025 bfd_vma addend; 1026 /* which linker section this is */ 1027 elf_linker_section_t *lsect; 1028 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t; 1029 1030 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata 1031 { 1032 struct elf_obj_tdata elf; 1033 1034 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker 1035 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */ 1036 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers; 1037 1038 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */ 1039 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1; 1040 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1; 1041 }; 1042 1043 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \ 1044 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) 1045 1046 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \ 1047 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers) 1048 1049 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \ 1050 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ 1051 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) 1052 1053 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */ 1054 1055 static bool 1056 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) 1057 { 1058 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata)); 1059 } 1060 1061 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */ 1062 1063 bool 1064 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd) 1065 { 1066 unsigned long mach = 0; 1067 asection *s; 1068 unsigned char *contents; 1069 1070 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32 1071 && bfd_big_endian (abfd)) 1072 { 1073 1074 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 1075 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1076 break; 1077 if (s != NULL) 1078 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1079 } 1080 1081 if (mach == 0) 1082 { 1083 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1084 if (s != NULL 1085 && s->size >= 24 1086 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 1087 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents)) 1088 { 1089 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4); 1090 unsigned int i; 1091 1092 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4) 1093 { 1094 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i); 1095 switch (val >> 16) 1096 { 1097 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR: 1098 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI: 1099 if (mach == 0) 1100 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan; 1101 break; 1102 1103 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL: 1104 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK: 1105 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan) 1106 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc; 1107 break; 1108 1109 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE: 1110 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS: 1111 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK: 1112 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle) 1113 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500; 1114 break; 1115 1116 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE: 1117 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1118 break; 1119 1120 default: 1121 mach = -1ul; 1122 } 1123 } 1124 free (contents); 1125 } 1126 } 1127 1128 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul) 1129 { 1130 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch; 1131 1132 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next) 1133 if (arch->mach == mach) 1134 { 1135 abfd->arch_info = arch; 1136 break; 1137 } 1138 } 1139 return true; 1140 } 1141 1142 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the 1143 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */ 1144 1145 static bool 1146 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) 1147 { 1148 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default) 1149 return true; 1150 1151 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64) 1152 { 1153 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); 1154 1155 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) 1156 { 1157 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */ 1158 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next; 1159 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32); 1160 } 1161 } 1162 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd); 1163 } 1164 1165 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */ 1166 1167 static bool 1168 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) 1169 { 1170 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) 1171 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); 1172 1173 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; 1174 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true; 1175 return true; 1176 } 1177 1178 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ 1179 1180 static bool 1181 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1182 { 1183 int offset; 1184 unsigned int size; 1185 1186 switch (note->descsz) 1187 { 1188 default: 1189 return false; 1190 1191 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */ 1192 /* pr_cursig */ 1193 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); 1194 1195 /* pr_pid */ 1196 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); 1197 1198 /* pr_reg */ 1199 offset = 72; 1200 size = 192; 1201 1202 break; 1203 } 1204 1205 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 1206 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", 1207 size, note->descpos + offset); 1208 } 1209 1210 static bool 1211 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1212 { 1213 switch (note->descsz) 1214 { 1215 default: 1216 return false; 1217 1218 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */ 1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid 1220 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16); 1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program 1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16); 1223 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command 1224 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80); 1225 } 1226 1227 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked 1228 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) 1229 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ 1230 1231 { 1232 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; 1233 int n = strlen (command); 1234 1235 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') 1236 command[n - 1] = '\0'; 1237 } 1238 1239 return true; 1240 } 1241 1242 static char * 1243 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...) 1244 { 1245 switch (note_type) 1246 { 1247 default: 1248 return NULL; 1249 1250 case NT_PRPSINFO: 1251 { 1252 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING; 1253 va_list ap; 1254 1255 va_start (ap, note_type); 1256 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data)); 1257 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16); 1258 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1259 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH; 1260 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with 1261 -Wstringop-truncation: 1262 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643 1263 */ 1264 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION; 1265 #endif 1266 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80); 1267 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1268 DIAGNOSTIC_POP; 1269 #endif 1270 va_end (ap); 1271 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1272 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1273 } 1274 1275 case NT_PRSTATUS: 1276 { 1277 char data[268]; 1278 va_list ap; 1279 long pid; 1280 int cursig; 1281 const void *greg; 1282 1283 va_start (ap, note_type); 1284 memset (data, 0, 72); 1285 pid = va_arg (ap, long); 1286 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24); 1287 cursig = va_arg (ap, int); 1288 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12); 1289 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *); 1290 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192); 1291 memset (data + 264, 0, 4); 1292 va_end (ap); 1293 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1294 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1295 } 1296 } 1297 } 1298 1299 static flagword 1300 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name) 1301 { 1302 1303 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE")) 1304 return SHF_PPC_VLE; 1305 1306 return 0; 1307 } 1308 1309 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL 1310 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ 1311 1312 static bfd_vma 1313 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1314 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1315 const arelent *rel) 1316 { 1317 return rel->address; 1318 } 1319 1320 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This 1321 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown 1322 type. */ 1323 1324 static bool 1325 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 1326 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 1327 const char *name, 1328 int shindex) 1329 { 1330 asection *newsect; 1331 flagword flags; 1332 1333 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1334 return false; 1335 1336 newsect = hdr->bfd_section; 1337 flags = 0; 1338 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) 1339 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1340 1341 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED) 1342 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES; 1343 1344 if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB")) 1345 name += 8; 1346 if (startswith (name, ".sbss") 1347 || startswith (name, ".sdata")) 1348 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA; 1349 1350 return (flags == 0 1351 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags)); 1352 } 1353 1354 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */ 1355 1356 static bool 1357 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1358 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr, 1359 asection *asect) 1360 { 1361 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0) 1362 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED; 1363 1364 return true; 1365 } 1366 1367 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we 1368 need to bump up the number of section headers. */ 1369 1370 static int 1371 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, 1372 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1373 { 1374 asection *s; 1375 int ret = 0; 1376 1377 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2"); 1378 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1379 ++ret; 1380 1381 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0"); 1382 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1383 ++ret; 1384 1385 return ret; 1386 } 1387 1388 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */ 1389 1390 bool 1391 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 1392 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1393 { 1394 struct elf_segment_map *m; 1395 1396 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by 1397 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure 1398 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment. 1399 If we find that case, we split the segment. 1400 We maintain the original output section order. */ 1401 1402 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) 1403 { 1404 struct elf_segment_map *n; 1405 size_t amt; 1406 unsigned int j, k; 1407 unsigned int p_flags; 1408 1409 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0) 1410 continue; 1411 1412 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j) 1413 { 1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1415 p_flags |= PF_W; 1416 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1417 { 1418 p_flags |= PF_X; 1419 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1420 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1421 break; 1422 } 1423 } 1424 if (j != m->count) 1425 while (++j != m->count) 1426 { 1427 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R; 1428 1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1430 p_flags1 |= PF_W; 1431 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1432 { 1433 p_flags1 |= PF_X; 1434 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1435 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1436 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1437 break; 1438 } 1439 p_flags |= p_flags1; 1440 } 1441 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw 1442 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the 1443 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we 1444 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */ 1445 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid) 1446 { 1447 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 1448 m->p_flags = p_flags; 1449 } 1450 if (j == m->count) 1451 continue; 1452 1453 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment, 1454 the remainder are put in a new segment. 1455 The scan resumes with the new segment. */ 1456 1457 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 1458 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 1459 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 1460 if (n == NULL) 1461 return false; 1462 1463 n->p_type = PT_LOAD; 1464 n->count = m->count - j; 1465 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k) 1466 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k]; 1467 m->count = j; 1468 m->p_size_valid = 0; 1469 n->next = m->next; 1470 m->next = n; 1471 } 1472 1473 return true; 1474 } 1475 1476 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and 1477 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so 1478 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than 1479 2 sections. */ 1480 1481 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] = 1482 { 1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC }, 1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, 1490 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1491 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1492 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 1493 }; 1494 1495 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */ 1496 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt = 1497 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }; 1498 1499 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 1500 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 1501 { 1502 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; 1503 1504 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ 1505 if (sec->name == NULL) 1506 return NULL; 1507 1508 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections, 1509 sec->use_rela_p); 1510 if (ssect != NULL) 1511 { 1512 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 1513 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt; 1514 return ssect; 1515 } 1516 1517 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 1518 } 1519 1520 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */ 1522 typedef struct apuinfo_list 1523 { 1524 struct apuinfo_list *next; 1525 unsigned long value; 1526 } 1527 apuinfo_list; 1528 1529 static apuinfo_list *head; 1530 static bool apuinfo_set; 1531 1532 static void 1533 apuinfo_list_init (void) 1534 { 1535 head = NULL; 1536 apuinfo_set = false; 1537 } 1538 1539 static void 1540 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value) 1541 { 1542 apuinfo_list *entry = head; 1543 1544 while (entry != NULL) 1545 { 1546 if (entry->value == value) 1547 return; 1548 entry = entry->next; 1549 } 1550 1551 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry)); 1552 if (entry == NULL) 1553 return; 1554 1555 entry->value = value; 1556 entry->next = head; 1557 head = entry; 1558 } 1559 1560 static unsigned 1561 apuinfo_list_length (void) 1562 { 1563 apuinfo_list *entry; 1564 unsigned long count; 1565 1566 for (entry = head, count = 0; 1567 entry; 1568 entry = entry->next) 1569 ++ count; 1570 1571 return count; 1572 } 1573 1574 static inline unsigned long 1575 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number) 1576 { 1577 apuinfo_list * entry; 1578 1579 for (entry = head; 1580 entry && number --; 1581 entry = entry->next) 1582 ; 1583 1584 return entry ? entry->value : 0; 1585 } 1586 1587 static void 1588 apuinfo_list_finish (void) 1589 { 1590 apuinfo_list *entry; 1591 1592 for (entry = head; entry;) 1593 { 1594 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next; 1595 free (entry); 1596 entry = next; 1597 } 1598 1599 head = NULL; 1600 } 1601 1602 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of 1603 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */ 1604 1605 static void 1606 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 1607 { 1608 bfd *ibfd; 1609 asection *asec; 1610 char *buffer = NULL; 1611 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0; 1612 unsigned i; 1613 unsigned long length; 1614 const char *error_message = NULL; 1615 1616 if (link_info == NULL) 1617 return; 1618 1619 apuinfo_list_init (); 1620 1621 /* Read in the input sections contents. */ 1622 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 1623 { 1624 unsigned long datum; 1625 1626 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1627 if (asec == NULL) 1628 continue; 1629 1630 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1631 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB"); 1632 length = asec->size; 1633 if (length < 20) 1634 goto fail; 1635 1636 apuinfo_set = true; 1637 if (largest_input_size < asec->size) 1638 { 1639 free (buffer); 1640 largest_input_size = asec->size; 1641 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size); 1642 if (!buffer) 1643 return; 1644 } 1645 1646 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 1647 || (bfd_read (buffer, length, ibfd) != length)) 1648 { 1649 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1650 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB"); 1651 goto fail; 1652 } 1653 1654 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to 1655 extract the values this way in order to allow for a 1656 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */ 1657 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer); 1658 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL) 1659 goto fail; 1660 1661 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8); 1662 if (datum != 0x2) 1663 goto fail; 1664 1665 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0) 1666 goto fail; 1667 1668 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */ 1669 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4); 1670 if (datum + 20 != length) 1671 goto fail; 1672 1673 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */ 1674 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4) 1675 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i)); 1676 } 1677 1678 error_message = NULL; 1679 1680 if (apuinfo_set) 1681 { 1682 /* Compute the size of the output section. */ 1683 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1684 1685 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */ 1686 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1687 1688 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4)) 1689 { 1690 ibfd = abfd; 1691 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1692 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB"); 1693 } 1694 } 1695 1696 fail: 1697 free (buffer); 1698 1699 if (error_message) 1700 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd); 1701 } 1702 1703 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections' 1704 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */ 1705 1706 static bool 1707 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1708 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1709 asection *asec, 1710 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1711 { 1712 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0; 1713 } 1714 1715 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */ 1716 1717 static void 1718 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 1719 { 1720 bfd_byte *buffer; 1721 asection *asec; 1722 unsigned i; 1723 unsigned num_entries; 1724 bfd_size_type length; 1725 1726 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1727 if (asec == NULL) 1728 return; 1729 1730 if (!apuinfo_set) 1731 return; 1732 1733 length = asec->size; 1734 if (length < 20) 1735 return; 1736 1737 buffer = bfd_malloc (length); 1738 if (buffer == NULL) 1739 { 1740 _bfd_error_handler 1741 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section")); 1742 return; 1743 } 1744 1745 /* Create the apuinfo header. */ 1746 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1747 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer); 1748 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4); 1749 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8); 1750 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL); 1751 1752 length = 20; 1753 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) 1754 { 1755 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length); 1756 length += 4; 1757 } 1758 1759 if (length != asec->size) 1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section")); 1761 1762 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length)) 1763 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section")); 1764 1765 free (buffer); 1766 1767 apuinfo_list_finish (); 1768 } 1769 1770 static bool 1771 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 1772 { 1773 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); 1774 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd); 1775 } 1776 1777 static bool 1779 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off) 1780 { 1781 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4]; 1782 1783 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf)) 1784 return false; 1785 1786 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11 1787 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11 1788 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11 1789 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR); 1790 } 1791 1792 static bool 1793 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr) 1794 { 1795 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr; 1796 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 1797 && section->vma <= vma 1798 && vma < section->vma + section->size); 1799 } 1800 1801 static long 1802 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms, 1803 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, 1804 asymbol **ret) 1805 { 1806 bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool); 1807 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink; 1808 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0; 1809 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0; 1810 bfd_vma stub_off; 1811 asymbol *s; 1812 arelent *p; 1813 size_t count, i, stub_delta; 1814 size_t size; 1815 char *names; 1816 bfd_byte buf[4]; 1817 1818 *ret = NULL; 1819 1820 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) 1821 return 0; 1822 1823 if (dynsymcount <= 0) 1824 return 0; 1825 1826 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); 1827 if (relplt == NULL) 1828 return 0; 1829 1830 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 1831 if (plt == NULL) 1832 return 0; 1833 1834 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */ 1835 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR) 1836 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, 1837 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret); 1838 1839 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address 1840 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */ 1841 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 1842 if (dynamic != NULL 1843 && (dynamic->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0) 1844 { 1845 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend; 1846 size_t extdynsize; 1847 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); 1848 1849 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf)) 1850 return -1; 1851 1852 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; 1853 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; 1854 1855 for (extdyn = dynbuf, extdynend = dynbuf + dynamic->size; 1856 (size_t) (extdynend - extdyn) >= extdynsize; 1857 extdyn += extdynsize) 1858 { 1859 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 1860 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); 1861 1862 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) 1863 break; 1864 1865 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT) 1866 { 1867 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val; 1868 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); 1869 if (got != NULL 1870 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf, 1871 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4)) 1872 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1873 break; 1874 } 1875 } 1876 free (dynbuf); 1877 } 1878 1879 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */ 1880 if (glink_vma == 0) 1881 { 1882 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4)) 1883 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1884 } 1885 1886 if (glink_vma == 0) 1887 return 0; 1888 1889 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final 1890 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the 1891 glink stubs now reside. */ 1892 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma); 1893 if (glink == NULL) 1894 return 0; 1895 1896 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch 1897 from the first glink stub. */ 1898 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1899 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4)) 1900 { 1901 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1902 1903 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */ 1904 insn ^= B; 1905 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0) 1906 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000; 1907 1908 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */ 1909 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0) 1910 for (i = 4; 1911 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1912 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4); 1913 i += 4) 1914 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP) 1915 { 1916 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i; 1917 break; 1918 } 1919 } 1920 1921 count = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr); 1922 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have 1923 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then 1924 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short 1925 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub. 1926 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of 1927 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 1928 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1929 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8) 1930 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta)) 1931 break; 1932 if (stub_delta > 32) 1933 return 0; 1934 1935 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 1936 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true)) 1937 return -1; 1938 1939 size = count * sizeof (asymbol); 1940 p = relplt->relocation; 1941 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) 1942 { 1943 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); 1944 if (p->addend != 0) 1945 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; 1946 } 1947 1948 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink"); 1949 1950 if (resolv_vma) 1951 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 1952 1953 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); 1954 if (s == NULL) 1955 return -1; 1956 1957 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1958 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0)); 1959 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1; 1960 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 1961 { 1962 size_t len; 1963 1964 stub_off -= stub_delta; 1965 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0) 1966 stub_off -= 32; 1967 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; 1968 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since 1969 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ 1970 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) 1971 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 1972 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1973 s->section = glink; 1974 s->value = stub_off; 1975 s->name = names; 1976 s->udata.p = NULL; 1977 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); 1978 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); 1979 names += len; 1980 if (p->addend != 0) 1981 { 1982 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); 1983 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; 1984 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend); 1985 names += strlen (names); 1986 } 1987 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); 1988 names += sizeof ("@plt"); 1989 ++s; 1990 --p; 1991 } 1992 1993 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */ 1994 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 1995 s->the_bfd = abfd; 1996 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1997 s->section = glink; 1998 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1999 s->name = names; 2000 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink")); 2001 names += sizeof ("__glink"); 2002 s++; 2003 count++; 2004 2005 if (resolv_vma) 2006 { 2007 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */ 2008 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 2009 s->the_bfd = abfd; 2010 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 2011 s->section = glink; 2012 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma; 2013 s->name = names; 2014 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve")); 2015 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 2016 s++; 2017 count++; 2018 } 2019 2020 return count; 2021 } 2022 2023 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while 2025 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more 2026 or less in the order in which they are called. eg. 2027 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process, 2028 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions 2029 called. */ 2030 2031 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more 2032 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */ 2033 struct plt_entry 2034 { 2035 struct plt_entry *next; 2036 2037 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2". 2038 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the 2039 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current 2040 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2 2041 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */ 2042 bfd_vma addend; 2043 2044 /* The .got2 section. */ 2045 asection *sec; 2046 2047 /* PLT refcount or offset. */ 2048 union 2049 { 2050 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2051 bfd_vma offset; 2052 } plt; 2053 2054 /* .glink stub offset. */ 2055 bfd_vma glink_offset; 2056 }; 2057 2058 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this 2059 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared 2060 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */ 2061 2062 static int 2063 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2064 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2065 { 2066 switch (r_type) 2067 { 2068 default: 2069 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load 2070 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the 2071 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from 2072 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */ 2073 return 1; 2074 2075 case R_PPC_REL24: 2076 case R_PPC_REL14: 2077 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 2078 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 2079 case R_PPC_REL32: 2080 return 0; 2081 2082 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 2083 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 2084 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 2085 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 2086 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 2087 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the 2088 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */ 2089 return bfd_link_dll (info); 2090 } 2091 } 2092 2093 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid 2094 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss 2095 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the 2096 shared lib. */ 2097 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 2098 2099 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */ 2100 struct ppc_dyn_relocs 2101 { 2102 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next; 2103 2104 /* The input section of the reloc. */ 2105 asection *sec; 2106 2107 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ 2108 unsigned int count : 31; 2109 2110 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ 2111 unsigned int ifunc : 1; 2112 }; 2113 2114 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */ 2115 2116 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry 2117 { 2118 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; 2119 2120 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor 2121 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset 2122 from the beginning of the section. */ 2123 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer; 2124 2125 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT. 2126 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are 2127 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any 2128 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when 2129 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not 2130 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also 2131 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one. 2132 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */ 2133 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */ 2134 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */ 2135 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */ 2136 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */ 2137 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */ 2138 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */ 2139 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */ 2140 unsigned char tls_mask; 2141 2142 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which 2143 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */ 2144 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ 2145 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */ 2146 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */ 2147 2148 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this 2149 symbol. */ 2150 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1; 2151 2152 /* Flag use of given relocations. */ 2153 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1; 2154 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1; 2155 }; 2156 2157 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent)) 2158 2159 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2160 2161 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table 2162 { 2163 struct elf_link_hash_table elf; 2164 2165 /* Various options passed from the linker. */ 2166 struct ppc_elf_params *params; 2167 2168 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ 2169 asection *glink; 2170 asection *dynsbss; 2171 asection *relsbss; 2172 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2]; 2173 asection *sbss; 2174 asection *glink_eh_frame; 2175 asection *pltlocal; 2176 asection *relpltlocal; 2177 2178 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */ 2179 asection *srelplt2; 2180 2181 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */ 2182 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr; 2183 2184 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */ 2185 bfd *old_bfd; 2186 2187 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */ 2188 union { 2189 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2190 bfd_vma offset; 2191 } tlsld_got; 2192 2193 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */ 2194 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve; 2195 2196 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */ 2197 unsigned int got_header_size; 2198 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */ 2199 unsigned int got_gap; 2200 2201 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */ 2202 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type; 2203 2204 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers, 2205 referenced by dynamic relocations. */ 2206 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2207 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2208 2209 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */ 2210 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1; 2211 2212 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */ 2213 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1; 2214 2215 /* The size of PLT entries. */ 2216 int plt_entry_size; 2217 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */ 2218 int plt_slot_size; 2219 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */ 2220 int plt_initial_entry_size; 2221 }; 2222 2223 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they 2224 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */ 2225 2226 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */ 2227 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0 2228 2229 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker 2230 relocs. */ 2231 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1 2232 2233 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */ 2234 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2 2235 2236 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ 2237 2238 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \ 2239 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \ 2240 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \ 2241 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL) 2242 2243 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2244 2245 static struct bfd_hash_entry * 2246 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 2247 struct bfd_hash_table *table, 2248 const char *string) 2249 { 2250 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a 2251 subclass. */ 2252 if (entry == NULL) 2253 { 2254 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, 2255 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry)); 2256 if (entry == NULL) 2257 return entry; 2258 } 2259 2260 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ 2261 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); 2262 if (entry != NULL) 2263 { 2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL; 2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0; 2266 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0; 2267 } 2268 2269 return entry; 2270 } 2271 2272 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2273 2274 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 2275 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 2276 { 2277 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret; 2278 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params 2279 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 }; 2280 2281 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table)); 2282 if (ret == NULL) 2283 return NULL; 2284 2285 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, 2286 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc, 2287 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry))) 2288 { 2289 free (ret); 2290 return NULL; 2291 } 2292 2293 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0; 2294 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL; 2295 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0; 2296 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL; 2297 2298 ret->params = &default_params; 2299 2300 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata"; 2301 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_"; 2302 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss"; 2303 2304 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2"; 2305 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_"; 2306 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2"; 2307 2308 ret->plt_entry_size = 12; 2309 ret->plt_slot_size = 8; 2310 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72; 2311 2312 return &ret->elf.root; 2313 } 2314 2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */ 2316 2317 void 2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params) 2319 { 2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2321 2322 if (htab) 2323 htab->params = params; 2324 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize); 2325 } 2326 2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */ 2328 2329 static bool 2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2331 { 2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2333 2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) 2335 return false; 2336 2337 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2338 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 2339 { 2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it 2341 executable. */ 2342 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 2345 return false; 2346 } 2347 2348 return true; 2349 } 2350 2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and 2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata 2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */ 2354 2355 static bool 2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2357 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2358 flagword flags, 2359 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2360 { 2361 asection *s; 2362 2363 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2365 2366 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags); 2367 if (s == NULL) 2368 return false; 2369 lsect->section = s; 2370 2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */ 2372 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name); 2373 2374 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name); 2375 if (lsect->sym == NULL) 2376 return false; 2377 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000; 2378 return true; 2379 } 2380 2381 static bool 2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2383 { 2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2385 asection *s; 2386 flagword flags; 2387 int p2align; 2388 2389 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2391 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags); 2392 htab->glink = s; 2393 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4; 2394 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align) 2395 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align; 2396 if (s == NULL 2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align)) 2398 return false; 2399 2400 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) 2401 { 2402 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2404 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags); 2405 htab->glink_eh_frame = s; 2406 if (s == NULL 2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2408 return false; 2409 } 2410 2411 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2412 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags); 2413 htab->elf.iplt = s; 2414 if (s == NULL 2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4)) 2416 return false; 2417 2418 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2420 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags); 2421 htab->elf.irelplt = s; 2422 if (s == NULL 2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2424 return false; 2425 2426 /* Local plt entries. */ 2427 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2429 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt", 2430 flags); 2431 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL 2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2)) 2433 return false; 2434 2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 2436 { 2437 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY 2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2439 htab->relpltlocal 2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); 2441 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL 2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2)) 2443 return false; 2444 } 2445 2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0, 2447 &htab->sdata[0])) 2448 return false; 2449 2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY, 2451 &htab->sdata[1])) 2452 return false; 2453 2454 return true; 2455 } 2456 2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped 2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has 2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */ 2460 2461 static bool 2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2463 { 2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2465 asection *s; 2466 flagword flags; 2467 2468 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2469 2470 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info)) 2472 return false; 2473 2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) 2475 return false; 2476 2477 if (htab->glink == NULL 2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info)) 2479 return false; 2480 2481 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss", 2482 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2483 htab->dynsbss = s; 2484 if (s == NULL) 2485 return false; 2486 2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 2488 { 2489 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2491 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags); 2492 htab->relsbss = s; 2493 if (s == NULL 2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2495 return false; 2496 } 2497 2498 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) 2500 return false; 2501 2502 s = htab->elf.splt; 2503 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2504 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */ 2506 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY; 2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags); 2508 } 2509 2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ 2511 2512 static void 2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, 2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) 2516 { 2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; 2518 2519 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; 2520 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; 2521 2522 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask; 2523 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs; 2524 2525 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden) 2526 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic; 2527 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular; 2528 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; 2529 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref; 2530 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt; 2531 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed; 2532 2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */ 2534 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) 2535 return; 2536 2537 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2538 { 2539 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2540 { 2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 2543 2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym 2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ 2546 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 2547 { 2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; 2549 2550 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) 2551 if (q->sec == p->sec) 2552 { 2553 q->pc_count += p->pc_count; 2554 q->count += p->count; 2555 *pp = p->next; 2556 break; 2557 } 2558 if (q == NULL) 2559 pp = &p->next; 2560 } 2561 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs; 2562 } 2563 2564 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs; 2565 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2566 } 2567 2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to 2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */ 2570 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount; 2571 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0; 2572 2573 /* And plt entries. */ 2574 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2575 { 2576 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2577 { 2578 struct plt_entry **entp; 2579 struct plt_entry *ent; 2580 2581 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) 2582 { 2583 struct plt_entry *dent; 2584 2585 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) 2586 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend) 2587 { 2588 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount; 2589 *entp = ent->next; 2590 break; 2591 } 2592 if (dent == NULL) 2593 entp = &ent->next; 2594 } 2595 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist; 2596 } 2597 2598 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist; 2599 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL; 2600 } 2601 2602 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1) 2603 { 2604 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) 2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 2606 edir->elf.dynstr_index); 2607 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; 2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; 2609 eind->elf.dynindx = -1; 2610 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; 2611 } 2612 } 2613 2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object 2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */ 2616 2617 static bool 2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 2619 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2620 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2622 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2623 asection **secp, 2624 bfd_vma *valp) 2625 { 2626 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) 2628 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd) 2629 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)) 2630 { 2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically 2632 put into .sbss. */ 2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2634 2635 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2636 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2637 { 2638 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2639 2640 if (!htab->elf.dynobj) 2641 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2642 2643 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, 2644 ".sbss", 2645 flags); 2646 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2647 return false; 2648 } 2649 2650 *secp = htab->sbss; 2651 *valp = sym->st_size; 2652 } 2653 2654 return true; 2655 } 2656 2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */ 2659 2660 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t * 2661 elf_find_pointer_linker_section 2662 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers, 2663 bfd_vma addend, 2664 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2665 { 2666 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next) 2667 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend) 2668 return linker_pointers; 2669 2670 return NULL; 2671 } 2672 2673 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */ 2674 2675 static bool 2676 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2677 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 2678 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2679 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 2680 { 2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL; 2682 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 2683 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2684 bfd_size_type amt; 2685 2686 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 2687 2688 /* Is this a global symbol? */ 2689 if (h != NULL) 2690 { 2691 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 2692 2693 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2694 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2695 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer, 2696 rel->r_addend, 2697 lsect)) 2698 return true; 2699 2700 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer; 2701 } 2702 else 2703 { 2704 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2705 2706 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */ 2707 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd); 2708 2709 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */ 2710 if (!ptr) 2711 { 2712 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info; 2713 2714 amt = num_symbols; 2715 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *); 2716 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 2717 2718 if (!ptr) 2719 return false; 2720 2721 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr; 2722 } 2723 2724 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2725 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx], 2726 rel->r_addend, 2727 lsect)) 2728 return true; 2729 2730 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx]; 2731 } 2732 2733 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate 2734 a new pointer record from internal memory. */ 2735 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL); 2736 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t); 2737 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2738 2739 if (!linker_section_ptr) 2740 return false; 2741 2742 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr; 2743 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend; 2744 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect; 2745 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr; 2746 2747 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2)) 2748 return false; 2749 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size; 2750 lsect->section->size += 4; 2751 2752 #ifdef DEBUG 2753 fprintf (stderr, 2754 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n", 2755 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset, 2756 (long) lsect->section->size); 2757 #endif 2758 2759 return true; 2760 } 2761 2762 static struct plt_entry ** 2763 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, 2764 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 2765 unsigned long r_symndx, 2766 int tls_type) 2767 { 2768 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); 2769 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 2770 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks; 2771 2772 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2773 { 2774 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 2775 2776 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts) 2777 + sizeof (*local_plt) 2778 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); 2779 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); 2780 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2781 return NULL; 2782 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; 2783 } 2784 2785 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2786 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2787 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff; 2788 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0) 2789 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; 2790 return local_plt + r_symndx; 2791 } 2792 2793 static bool 2794 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, 2795 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2796 { 2797 struct plt_entry *ent; 2798 2799 if (addend < 32768) 2800 sec = NULL; 2801 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2802 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2803 break; 2804 if (ent == NULL) 2805 { 2806 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent); 2807 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2808 if (ent == NULL) 2809 return false; 2810 ent->next = *plist; 2811 ent->sec = sec; 2812 ent->addend = addend; 2813 ent->plt.refcount = 0; 2814 *plist = ent; 2815 } 2816 ent->plt.refcount += 1; 2817 return true; 2818 } 2819 2820 static struct plt_entry * 2821 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2822 { 2823 struct plt_entry *ent; 2824 2825 if (addend < 32768) 2826 sec = NULL; 2827 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2828 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2829 break; 2830 return ent; 2831 } 2832 2833 static bool 2834 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2835 { 2836 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2837 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC 2838 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24 2839 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14 2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 2841 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN 2842 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24 2843 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14 2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN 2845 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN 2846 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24); 2847 } 2848 2849 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */ 2850 2851 static bool 2852 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2853 { 2854 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA 2855 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2856 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2857 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ); 2858 } 2859 2860 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true 2861 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */ 2862 2863 static bool 2864 offset_in_range (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, size_t size) 2865 { 2866 return offset <= sec->size && size <= sec->size - offset; 2867 } 2868 2869 static void 2870 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2871 { 2872 _bfd_error_handler 2873 /* xgettext:c-format */ 2874 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"), 2875 abfd, 2876 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); 2877 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2878 } 2879 2880 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and 2881 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage 2882 table. */ 2883 2884 static bool 2885 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, 2886 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2887 asection *sec, 2888 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) 2889 { 2890 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2891 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2892 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 2893 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 2894 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; 2895 asection *got2, *sreloc; 2896 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga; 2897 2898 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 2899 return true; 2900 2901 #ifdef DEBUG 2902 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB", 2903 sec, abfd); 2904 #endif 2905 2906 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2907 2908 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 2909 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 2910 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 2911 2912 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2913 if (htab->glink == NULL) 2914 { 2915 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2916 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2917 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2918 return false; 2919 } 2920 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 2921 false, false, true); 2922 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 2923 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 2924 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 2925 sreloc = NULL; 2926 2927 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; 2928 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) 2929 { 2930 unsigned long r_symndx; 2931 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 2932 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 2933 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 2934 int tls_type; 2935 struct plt_entry **ifunc; 2936 struct plt_entry **pltent; 2937 bfd_vma addend; 2938 2939 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2940 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 2941 { 2942 h = NULL; 2943 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx); 2944 if (isym == NULL) 2945 return false; 2946 } 2947 else 2948 { 2949 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 2950 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 2951 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2952 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 2953 isym = NULL; 2954 } 2955 2956 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got. 2957 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi 2958 startup code. */ 2959 if (h != NULL 2960 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2961 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) 2962 { 2963 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2964 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2965 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2966 return false; 2967 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot); 2968 } 2969 2970 tls_type = 0; 2971 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 2972 ifunc = NULL; 2973 if (h != NULL) 2974 { 2975 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 2976 { 2977 h->needs_plt = 1; 2978 ifunc = &h->plt.plist; 2979 } 2980 } 2981 else if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 2982 { 2983 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 2984 { 2985 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */ 2986 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 2987 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC); 2988 if (ifunc == NULL) 2989 return false; 2990 2991 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry; 2992 In a non-pie executable even when there are 2993 no plt calls. */ 2994 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 2995 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 2996 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2997 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2998 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA) 2999 { 3000 addend = 0; 3001 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 3002 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 3003 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3004 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 3005 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 3006 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3007 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 3008 addend = rel->r_addend; 3009 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend)) 3010 return false; 3011 } 3012 } 3013 } 3014 3015 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 3016 && is_branch_reloc (r_type) 3017 && h != NULL 3018 && h == tga) 3019 { 3020 if (rel != relocs 3021 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD 3022 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD)) 3023 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker 3024 reloc. */ 3025 ; 3026 else 3027 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ 3028 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1; 3029 } 3030 3031 switch (r_type) 3032 { 3033 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 3034 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 3035 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with 3036 its parameter symbol. */ 3037 if (h != NULL) 3038 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK; 3039 else 3040 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3041 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 3042 return false; 3043 break; 3044 3045 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 3046 break; 3047 3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 3052 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 3053 goto dogottls; 3054 3055 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 3056 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 3059 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 3060 goto dogottls; 3061 3062 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 3063 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 3064 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 3065 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 3066 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3067 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3068 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 3069 goto dogottls; 3070 3071 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 3072 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 3073 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 3074 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 3075 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 3076 dogottls: 3077 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3078 /* Fall through. */ 3079 3080 /* GOT16 relocations */ 3081 case R_PPC_GOT16: 3082 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 3083 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 3084 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 3085 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ 3086 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 3087 { 3088 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3089 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3090 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 3091 return false; 3092 } 3093 if (h != NULL) 3094 { 3095 h->got.refcount += 1; 3096 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type; 3097 } 3098 else 3099 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ 3100 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type)) 3101 return false; 3102 3103 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3104 an ifunc. */ 3105 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3106 { 3107 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3108 return false; 3109 } 3110 break; 3111 3112 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 3113 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 3114 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3115 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0], 3116 h, rel)) 3117 return false; 3118 if (h != NULL) 3119 { 3120 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3121 h->non_got_ref = true; 3122 } 3123 break; 3124 3125 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 3126 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 3127 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 3128 { 3129 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3130 return false; 3131 } 3132 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3133 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1], 3134 h, rel)) 3135 return false; 3136 if (h != NULL) 3137 { 3138 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3139 h->non_got_ref = true; 3140 } 3141 break; 3142 3143 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 3144 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3145 /* Fall through. */ 3146 3147 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 3148 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 3149 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 3150 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 3151 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 3152 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 3153 if (h != NULL) 3154 { 3155 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3156 h->non_got_ref = true; 3157 } 3158 break; 3159 3160 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 3161 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 3162 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 3163 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 3164 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 3165 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 3166 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 3167 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 3168 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 3169 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 3170 break; 3171 3172 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 3173 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 3174 { 3175 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3176 return false; 3177 } 3178 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3179 if (h != NULL) 3180 { 3181 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3182 h->non_got_ref = true; 3183 } 3184 break; 3185 3186 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 3187 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 3188 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 3189 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 3190 if (h != NULL) 3191 { 3192 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3193 h->non_got_ref = true; 3194 } 3195 break; 3196 3197 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 3198 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 3199 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 3200 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 3201 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 3202 if (h != NULL) 3203 h->non_got_ref = true; 3204 break; 3205 3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 3207 if (h == NULL) 3208 break; 3209 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 3210 goto pltentry; 3211 3212 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 3213 sec->has_pltcall = 1; 3214 /* Fall through. */ 3215 3216 case R_PPC_PLT32: 3217 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 3218 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 3219 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 3220 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 3221 pltentry: 3222 #ifdef DEBUG 3223 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n"); 3224 #endif 3225 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */ 3226 if (h == NULL) 3227 { 3228 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3229 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP); 3230 if (pltent == NULL) 3231 return false; 3232 } 3233 else 3234 { 3235 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 3236 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP; 3237 h->needs_plt = 1; 3238 pltent = &h->plt.plist; 3239 } 3240 addend = 0; 3241 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3242 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 3243 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 3244 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3245 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 3246 addend = rel->r_addend; 3247 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend)) 3248 return false; 3249 break; 3250 3251 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the 3252 relocation if linking a shared object since they are 3253 section relative. */ 3254 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 3255 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 3256 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 3257 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 3258 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 3259 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 3260 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 3261 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 3262 case R_PPC_TOC16: 3263 break; 3264 3265 case R_PPC_REL16: 3266 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 3267 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 3268 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 3269 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 3270 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1; 3271 break; 3272 3273 /* These are just markers. */ 3274 case R_PPC_TLS: 3275 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 3276 case R_PPC_NONE: 3277 case R_PPC_max: 3278 case R_PPC_RELAX: 3279 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 3280 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 3281 case R_PPC_16DX_HA: 3282 break; 3283 3284 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */ 3285 case R_PPC_COPY: 3286 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 3287 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 3288 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 3289 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 3290 break; 3291 3292 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */ 3293 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 3294 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 3295 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 3296 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 3297 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 3298 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 3299 break; 3300 3301 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */ 3302 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 3303 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3304 { 3305 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3306 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3307 } 3308 if (h != NULL 3309 && ifunc != NULL 3310 && !update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, NULL, 0)) 3311 return false; 3312 break; 3313 3314 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. 3315 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ 3316 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 3317 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 3318 return false; 3319 break; 3320 3321 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually 3322 used. Record for later use during GC. */ 3323 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 3324 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) 3325 return false; 3326 break; 3327 3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 3330 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3331 /* Fall through. */ 3332 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */ 3333 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 3334 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 3335 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 3336 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3337 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3338 goto dodyn; 3339 3340 /* Nor these. */ 3341 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 3342 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 3343 goto dodyn; 3344 3345 case R_PPC_REL32: 3346 if (h == NULL 3347 && got2 != NULL 3348 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 3349 && bfd_link_pic (info) 3350 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3351 { 3352 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before 3353 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32 3354 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then 3355 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot 3356 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for 3357 PLT call stubs. */ 3358 asection *s; 3359 3360 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3361 if (s == got2) 3362 { 3363 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3364 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3365 } 3366 } 3367 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 3368 break; 3369 /* fall through */ 3370 3371 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 3372 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 3375 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 3376 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 3377 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 3378 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3379 { 3380 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3381 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3382 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3383 return false; 3384 3385 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */ 3386 h->non_got_ref = 1; 3387 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; 3388 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 3389 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1; 3390 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 3391 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1; 3392 } 3393 goto dodyn; 3394 3395 case R_PPC_REL24: 3396 case R_PPC_REL14: 3397 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 3398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 3399 if (h == NULL) 3400 break; 3401 if (h == htab->elf.hgot) 3402 { 3403 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3404 { 3405 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3406 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3407 } 3408 break; 3409 } 3410 /* fall through */ 3411 3412 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 3413 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 3415 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 3416 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3417 { 3418 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3419 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3420 h->needs_plt = 1; 3421 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3422 return false; 3423 break; 3424 } 3425 3426 dodyn: 3427 /* Set up information for symbols that might need dynamic 3428 relocations. At this point in linking we have read all 3429 the input files and resolved most symbols, but have not 3430 yet decided whether symbols are dynamic or finalized 3431 symbol flags. In some cases we might be setting dynamic 3432 reloc info for symbols that do not end up needing such. 3433 That's OK, adjust_dynamic_symbol and allocate_dynrelocs 3434 work together with this code. */ 3435 if ((h != NULL 3436 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 3437 || (bfd_link_pic (info) 3438 && (h != NULL 3439 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root) 3440 : isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) 3441 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) 3442 { 3443 #ifdef DEBUG 3444 fprintf (stderr, 3445 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to " 3446 "create relocation for %s\n", 3447 (h && h->root.root.string 3448 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 3449 #endif 3450 if (sreloc == NULL) 3451 { 3452 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3453 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3454 3455 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section 3456 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true); 3457 3458 if (sreloc == NULL) 3459 return false; 3460 } 3461 3462 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of 3463 relocations we need for this symbol. */ 3464 if (h != NULL) 3465 { 3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 3467 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3468 3469 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs; 3470 p = *rel_head; 3471 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) 3472 { 3473 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3474 if (p == NULL) 3475 return false; 3476 p->next = *rel_head; 3477 *rel_head = p; 3478 p->sec = sec; 3479 p->count = 0; 3480 p->pc_count = 0; 3481 } 3482 p->count += 1; 3483 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) 3484 p->pc_count += 1; 3485 } 3486 else 3487 { 3488 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. 3489 We really need local syms available to do this 3490 easily. Oh well. */ 3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 3492 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3493 bool is_ifunc; 3494 asection *s; 3495 void *vpp; 3496 3497 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3498 if (s == NULL) 3499 s = sec; 3500 3501 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; 3502 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; 3503 is_ifunc = ifunc != NULL; 3504 p = *rel_head; 3505 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3506 p = p->next; 3507 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3508 { 3509 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3510 if (p == NULL) 3511 return false; 3512 p->next = *rel_head; 3513 *rel_head = p; 3514 p->sec = sec; 3515 p->ifunc = is_ifunc; 3516 p->count = 0; 3517 } 3518 p->count += 1; 3519 } 3520 } 3521 3522 break; 3523 } 3524 } 3525 3526 return true; 3527 } 3528 3529 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD 3531 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3532 bool 3533 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3534 { 3535 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3536 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3537 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3538 bool ret = true; 3539 bool warn_only; 3540 3541 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common 3542 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant 3543 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc 3544 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library 3545 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double. 3546 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using 3547 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility 3548 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */ 3549 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0; 3550 3551 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3552 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3553 3554 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3555 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3556 3557 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3558 { 3559 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3; 3560 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3; 3561 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld; 3562 3563 if (in_fp == 0) 3564 ; 3565 else if (out_fp == 0) 3566 { 3567 if (!warn_only) 3568 { 3569 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3570 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3571 last_fp = ibfd; 3572 } 3573 } 3574 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2) 3575 { 3576 _bfd_error_handler 3577 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3578 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3579 last_fp, ibfd); 3580 ret = warn_only; 3581 } 3582 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2) 3583 { 3584 _bfd_error_handler 3585 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3586 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3587 ibfd, last_fp); 3588 ret = warn_only; 3589 } 3590 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3) 3591 { 3592 _bfd_error_handler 3593 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3594 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3595 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd); 3596 ret = warn_only; 3597 } 3598 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1) 3599 { 3600 _bfd_error_handler 3601 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3602 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3603 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp); 3604 ret = warn_only; 3605 } 3606 3607 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc; 3608 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc; 3609 if (in_fp == 0) 3610 ; 3611 else if (out_fp == 0) 3612 { 3613 if (!warn_only) 3614 { 3615 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3616 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3617 last_ld = ibfd; 3618 } 3619 } 3620 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4) 3621 { 3622 _bfd_error_handler 3623 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3624 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3625 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3626 ret = warn_only; 3627 } 3628 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4) 3629 { 3630 _bfd_error_handler 3631 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3632 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3633 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3634 ret = warn_only; 3635 } 3636 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4) 3637 { 3638 _bfd_error_handler 3639 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3640 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3641 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3642 ret = warn_only; 3643 } 3644 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4) 3645 { 3646 _bfd_error_handler 3647 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3648 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3649 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3650 ret = warn_only; 3651 } 3652 } 3653 3654 if (!ret) 3655 { 3656 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3658 } 3659 return ret; 3660 } 3661 3662 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if 3663 there are conflicting attributes. */ 3664 static bool 3665 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3666 { 3667 bfd *obfd; 3668 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3669 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3670 bool ret; 3671 3672 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3673 return false; 3674 3675 obfd = info->output_bfd; 3676 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3677 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3678 3679 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and 3680 merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3681 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3682 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3683 ret = true; 3684 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3685 { 3686 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3; 3687 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3; 3688 static bfd *last_vec; 3689 3690 if (in_vec == 0) 3691 ; 3692 else if (out_vec == 0) 3693 { 3694 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3695 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3696 last_vec = ibfd; 3697 } 3698 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE 3699 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack 3700 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are 3701 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this 3702 case too. */ 3703 else if (in_vec == 1) 3704 ; 3705 else if (out_vec == 1) 3706 { 3707 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3708 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3709 last_vec = ibfd; 3710 } 3711 else if (out_vec < in_vec) 3712 { 3713 _bfd_error_handler 3714 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3715 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3716 last_vec, ibfd); 3717 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3718 ret = false; 3719 } 3720 else if (out_vec > in_vec) 3721 { 3722 _bfd_error_handler 3723 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3724 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3725 ibfd, last_vec); 3726 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3727 ret = false; 3728 } 3729 } 3730 3731 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes 3732 and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3733 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3734 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3735 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3736 { 3737 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3; 3738 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3; 3739 static bfd *last_struct; 3740 3741 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3) 3742 ; 3743 else if (out_struct == 0) 3744 { 3745 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3746 out_attr->i = in_struct; 3747 last_struct = ibfd; 3748 } 3749 else if (out_struct < in_struct) 3750 { 3751 _bfd_error_handler 3752 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3753 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3754 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd); 3755 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3756 ret = false; 3757 } 3758 else if (out_struct > in_struct) 3759 { 3760 _bfd_error_handler 3761 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3762 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3763 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct); 3764 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3765 ret = false; 3766 } 3767 } 3768 if (!ret) 3769 { 3770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3771 return false; 3772 } 3773 3774 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ 3775 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info); 3776 } 3777 3778 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output 3779 object file when linking. */ 3780 3781 static bool 3782 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3783 { 3784 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3785 flagword old_flags; 3786 flagword new_flags; 3787 bool error; 3788 3789 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd)) 3790 return true; 3791 3792 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */ 3793 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) 3794 return false; 3795 3796 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3797 return false; 3798 3799 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 3800 return true; 3801 3802 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 3803 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; 3804 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) 3805 { 3806 /* First call, no flags set. */ 3807 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true; 3808 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; 3809 } 3810 3811 /* Compatible flags are ok. */ 3812 else if (new_flags == old_flags) 3813 ; 3814 3815 /* Incompatible flags. */ 3816 else 3817 { 3818 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib 3819 to be linked with either. */ 3820 error = false; 3821 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 3822 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0) 3823 { 3824 error = true; 3825 _bfd_error_handler 3826 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with " 3827 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd); 3828 } 3829 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0 3830 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) 3831 { 3832 error = true; 3833 _bfd_error_handler 3834 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with " 3835 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd); 3836 } 3837 3838 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */ 3839 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) 3840 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; 3841 3842 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib, 3843 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */ 3844 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB) 3845 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)) 3846 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))) 3847 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; 3848 3849 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if 3850 any module uses it. */ 3851 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB); 3852 3853 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3854 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3855 3856 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */ 3857 if (new_flags != old_flags) 3858 { 3859 error = true; 3860 _bfd_error_handler 3861 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3862 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields " 3863 "than previous modules (%#x)"), 3864 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags); 3865 } 3866 3867 if (error) 3868 { 3869 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3870 return false; 3871 } 3872 } 3873 3874 return true; 3875 } 3876 3877 static bfd_reloc_status_type 3878 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd, 3879 asection *input_section, 3880 unsigned long offset, 3881 bfd_byte *loc, 3882 bfd_vma value, 3883 split16_format_type split16_format, 3884 bool fixup) 3885 { 3886 unsigned int insn, opcode; 3887 3888 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4)) 3889 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 3890 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc); 3891 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK; 3892 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN 3893 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN 3894 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN 3895 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN 3896 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN) 3897 { 3898 if (split16_format != split16a_type) 3899 { 3900 if (fixup) 3901 split16_format = split16a_type; 3902 else 3903 _bfd_error_handler 3904 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3905 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3906 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3907 } 3908 } 3909 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN 3910 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN 3911 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN 3912 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN 3913 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN 3914 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN 3915 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN) 3916 { 3917 if (split16_format != split16d_type) 3918 { 3919 if (fixup) 3920 split16_format = split16d_type; 3921 else 3922 _bfd_error_handler 3923 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3924 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3925 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3926 } 3927 } 3928 if (split16_format == split16a_type) 3929 { 3930 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff); 3931 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3932 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN) 3933 { 3934 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */ 3935 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5); 3936 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3937 } 3938 } 3939 else 3940 { 3941 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff); 3942 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10; 3943 } 3944 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3945 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc); 3946 return bfd_reloc_ok; 3947 } 3948 3949 static void 3950 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value) 3951 { 3952 unsigned int insn; 3953 3954 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 3955 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 3956 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 3957 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3958 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 3959 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3960 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 3961 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc); 3963 } 3964 3965 3966 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately. 3968 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */ 3969 int 3970 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 3971 struct bfd_link_info *info) 3972 { 3973 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3974 flagword flags; 3975 3976 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 3977 3978 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3979 { 3980 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3981 3982 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD) 3983 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3984 else if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3985 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 3986 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount", 3987 false, false, true)) != NULL 3988 && (h->type == STT_FUNC 3989 || h->needs_plt) 3990 && h->ref_regular 3991 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 3992 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 3993 { 3994 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with 3995 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a 3996 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs 3997 r30 to be set up. */ 3998 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3999 } 4000 else 4001 { 4002 bfd *ibfd; 4003 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style; 4004 4005 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs. 4006 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls 4007 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given 4008 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */ 4009 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 4010 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4011 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4012 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4013 { 4014 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16) 4015 plt_type = PLT_NEW; 4016 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call) 4017 { 4018 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4019 htab->old_bfd = ibfd; 4020 break; 4021 } 4022 } 4023 htab->plt_type = plt_type; 4024 } 4025 } 4026 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 4027 { 4028 if (!info->user_warn_rwx_segments) 4029 info->no_warn_rwx_segments = 1; 4030 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW 4031 || (htab->params->plt_style != PLT_OLD 4032 && !info->no_warn_rwx_segments)) 4033 { 4034 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL) 4035 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd); 4036 else 4037 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling")); 4038 } 4039 } 4040 4041 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS); 4042 4043 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 4044 { 4045 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 4046 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 4047 4048 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */ 4049 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL 4050 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags)) 4051 return -1; 4052 4053 /* The new GOT is not executable. */ 4054 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 4055 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 4056 return -1; 4057 } 4058 else 4059 { 4060 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */ 4061 if (htab->glink != NULL 4062 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0)) 4063 return -1; 4064 } 4065 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW; 4066 } 4067 4068 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given 4070 relocation. */ 4071 4072 static asection * 4073 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, 4074 struct bfd_link_info *info, 4075 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4076 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4077 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 4078 { 4079 if (h != NULL) 4080 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 4081 { 4082 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 4083 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 4084 return NULL; 4085 } 4086 4087 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); 4088 } 4089 4090 static bool 4091 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp, 4092 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp, 4093 asection **symsecp, 4094 unsigned char **tls_maskp, 4095 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, 4096 unsigned long r_symndx, 4097 bfd *ibfd) 4098 { 4099 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4100 4101 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4102 { 4103 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4104 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4105 4106 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4107 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4108 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4109 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4110 4111 if (hp != NULL) 4112 *hp = h; 4113 4114 if (symp != NULL) 4115 *symp = NULL; 4116 4117 if (symsecp != NULL) 4118 { 4119 asection *symsec = NULL; 4120 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4121 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4122 symsec = h->root.u.def.section; 4123 *symsecp = symsec; 4124 } 4125 4126 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4127 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4128 } 4129 else 4130 { 4131 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4132 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp; 4133 4134 if (locsyms == NULL) 4135 { 4136 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 4137 if (locsyms == NULL) 4138 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, 4139 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 4140 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); 4141 if (locsyms == NULL) 4142 return false; 4143 *locsymsp = locsyms; 4144 } 4145 sym = locsyms + r_symndx; 4146 4147 if (hp != NULL) 4148 *hp = NULL; 4149 4150 if (symp != NULL) 4151 *symp = sym; 4152 4153 if (symsecp != NULL) 4154 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx); 4155 4156 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4157 { 4158 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 4159 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4160 4161 tls_mask = NULL; 4162 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4163 if (local_got != NULL) 4164 { 4165 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4166 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4167 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4168 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4169 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4170 } 4171 *tls_maskp = tls_mask; 4172 } 4173 } 4174 return true; 4175 } 4176 4177 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally 4179 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */ 4180 4181 bool 4182 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info) 4183 { 4184 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4185 bfd *ibfd; 4186 asection *sec; 4187 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit; 4188 4189 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4190 if (htab == NULL) 4191 return false; 4192 4193 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is 4194 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added 4195 between the call and its destination. */ 4196 limit = 0x1e00000; 4197 low_vma = -1; 4198 high_vma = 0; 4199 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4200 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) 4201 { 4202 if (low_vma > sec->vma) 4203 low_vma = sec->vma; 4204 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size) 4205 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size; 4206 } 4207 4208 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can 4209 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol 4210 is local. */ 4211 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit) 4212 { 4213 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1; 4214 return true; 4215 } 4216 4217 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct 4218 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable 4219 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that 4220 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this 4221 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a 4222 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The 4223 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the 4224 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a 4225 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct 4226 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in 4227 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs 4228 together except their symbol. */ 4229 4230 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4231 { 4232 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 4233 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; 4234 4235 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4236 continue; 4237 4238 local_syms = NULL; 4239 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4240 4241 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4242 if (sec->has_pltcall 4243 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4244 { 4245 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4246 4247 /* Read the relocations. */ 4248 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4249 info->keep_memory); 4250 if (relstart == NULL) 4251 return false; 4252 4253 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4254 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4255 { 4256 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4257 unsigned long r_symndx; 4258 asection *sym_sec; 4259 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4260 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4261 unsigned char *tls_maskp; 4262 4263 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4264 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL) 4265 continue; 4266 4267 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4268 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms, 4269 r_symndx, ibfd)) 4270 { 4271 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4272 free (relstart); 4273 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4274 free (local_syms); 4275 return false; 4276 } 4277 4278 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 4279 { 4280 bfd_vma from, to; 4281 if (h != NULL) 4282 to = h->root.u.def.value; 4283 else 4284 to = sym->st_value; 4285 to += (rel->r_addend 4286 + sym_sec->output_offset 4287 + sym_sec->output_section->vma); 4288 from = (rel->r_offset 4289 + sec->output_offset 4290 + sec->output_section->vma); 4291 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit) 4292 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP; 4293 } 4294 } 4295 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4296 free (relstart); 4297 } 4298 4299 if (local_syms != NULL 4300 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4301 { 4302 if (!info->keep_memory) 4303 free (local_syms); 4304 else 4305 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 4306 } 4307 } 4308 4309 return true; 4310 } 4311 4312 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the 4313 generic ELF tls_setup function. */ 4314 4315 asection * 4316 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 4317 { 4318 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4319 4320 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4321 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 4322 false, false, true); 4323 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 4324 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true; 4325 4326 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 4327 { 4328 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga; 4329 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", 4330 false, false, true); 4331 if (opt != NULL 4332 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4333 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 4334 { 4335 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, 4336 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll 4337 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then 4338 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 4339 tga = htab->tls_get_addr; 4340 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 4341 && tga != NULL 4342 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC 4343 || tga->needs_plt) 4344 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga) 4345 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga))) 4346 { 4347 struct plt_entry *ent; 4348 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4349 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4350 break; 4351 if (ent != NULL) 4352 { 4353 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; 4354 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; 4355 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); 4356 opt->mark = 1; 4357 if (opt->dynindx != -1) 4358 { 4359 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ 4360 opt->dynindx = -1; 4361 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 4362 opt->dynstr_index); 4363 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt)) 4364 return NULL; 4365 } 4366 htab->tls_get_addr = opt; 4367 } 4368 } 4369 } 4370 else 4371 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true; 4372 } 4373 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 4374 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 4375 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL) 4376 { 4377 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS; 4378 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE; 4379 } 4380 4381 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info); 4382 } 4383 4384 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching 4385 HASH. */ 4386 4387 static bool 4388 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd, 4389 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4390 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash) 4391 { 4392 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4393 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4394 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4395 4396 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4397 { 4398 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4399 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4400 4401 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4402 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4403 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4404 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4405 if (h == hash) 4406 return true; 4407 } 4408 return false; 4409 } 4410 4411 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization 4412 opportunities. */ 4413 4414 bool 4415 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 4416 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4417 { 4418 bfd *ibfd; 4419 asection *sec; 4420 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4421 int pass; 4422 4423 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 4424 return true; 4425 4426 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4427 if (htab == NULL) 4428 return false; 4429 4430 htab->do_tls_opt = 1; 4431 4432 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls 4433 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed 4434 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls 4435 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to 4436 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and 4437 adjust got and plt refcounts. */ 4438 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) 4439 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4440 { 4441 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4442 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2"); 4443 4444 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4445 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4446 { 4447 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4448 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4449 4450 /* Read the relocations. */ 4451 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4452 info->keep_memory); 4453 if (relstart == NULL) 4454 return false; 4455 4456 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4457 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4458 { 4459 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4460 unsigned long r_symndx; 4461 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; 4462 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4463 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear; 4464 bool is_local; 4465 bfd_signed_vma *got_count; 4466 4467 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4468 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4469 { 4470 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4471 4472 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4473 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4474 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4475 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4476 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4477 } 4478 4479 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h); 4480 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4481 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4482 without marker relocs, then check that each 4483 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc 4484 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg 4485 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup 4486 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ 4487 if (pass == 0 4488 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr 4489 && h != NULL 4490 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 4491 && !expecting_tls_get_addr 4492 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4493 { 4494 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " 4495 "TLS optimization disabled\n", 4496 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4497 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4498 free (relstart); 4499 return true; 4500 } 4501 4502 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4503 switch (r_type) 4504 { 4505 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 4506 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 4507 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4508 /* Fall through. */ 4509 4510 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 4511 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 4512 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol 4513 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if 4514 that turns out to be the case. */ 4515 if (!is_local) 4516 continue; 4517 4518 /* LD -> LE */ 4519 tls_set = 0; 4520 tls_clear = TLS_LD; 4521 break; 4522 4523 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 4524 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 4525 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4526 /* Fall through. */ 4527 4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 4530 if (is_local) 4531 /* GD -> LE */ 4532 tls_set = 0; 4533 else 4534 /* GD -> IE */ 4535 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE; 4536 tls_clear = TLS_GD; 4537 break; 4538 4539 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 4540 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 4541 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 4542 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 4543 if (is_local) 4544 { 4545 /* IE -> LE */ 4546 tls_set = 0; 4547 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; 4548 break; 4549 } 4550 else 4551 continue; 4552 4553 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 4554 if (!is_local) 4555 continue; 4556 /* Fall through. */ 4557 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 4558 if (rel + 1 < relend 4559 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 4560 { 4561 if (pass != 0 4562 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ) 4563 { 4564 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); 4565 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); 4566 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4567 { 4568 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4569 4570 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4571 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4572 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4573 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4574 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4575 if (h != NULL) 4576 { 4577 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; 4578 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4579 4580 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4581 addend = rel->r_addend; 4582 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, 4583 got2, addend); 4584 if (ent != NULL 4585 && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4586 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4587 } 4588 } 4589 } 4590 continue; 4591 } 4592 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; 4593 tls_set = 0; 4594 tls_clear = 0; 4595 break; 4596 4597 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 4598 if (pass == 0) 4599 { 4600 unsigned char buf[4]; 4601 unsigned int insn; 4602 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3; 4603 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, 4604 off, 4)) 4605 { 4606 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4607 free (relstart); 4608 return false; 4609 } 4610 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf); 4611 /* addis rt,2,imm */ 4612 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) 4613 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16))) 4614 { 4615 /* xgettext:c-format */ 4616 info->callbacks->minfo 4617 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"), 4618 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn); 4619 htab->do_tls_opt = 0; 4620 } 4621 } 4622 continue; 4623 4624 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 4625 htab->do_tls_opt = 0; 4626 continue; 4627 4628 default: 4629 continue; 4630 } 4631 4632 if (pass == 0) 4633 { 4634 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr 4635 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) 4636 continue; 4637 4638 if (rel + 1 < relend 4639 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, 4640 htab->tls_get_addr)) 4641 continue; 4642 4643 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We 4644 could just mark this symbol to exclude it 4645 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip 4646 the entire optimization. */ 4647 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " 4648 "TLS optimization disabled\n"), 4649 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4650 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4651 free (relstart); 4652 return true; 4653 } 4654 4655 if (h != NULL) 4656 { 4657 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4658 got_count = &h->got.refcount; 4659 } 4660 else 4661 { 4662 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs; 4663 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 4664 unsigned char *lgot_masks; 4665 4666 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4667 if (lgot_refs == NULL) 4668 abort (); 4669 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4670 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4671 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4672 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4673 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4674 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx]; 4675 } 4676 4677 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4678 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't 4679 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a 4680 marker for this symbol, then we either have a 4681 broken object file or an -mlongcall style 4682 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker. 4683 Disable optimization in this case. */ 4684 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0 4685 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr 4686 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 4687 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))) 4688 continue; 4689 4690 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) 4691 { 4692 struct plt_entry *ent; 4693 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4694 4695 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 4696 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24 4697 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL)) 4698 addend = rel[1].r_addend; 4699 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist, 4700 got2, addend); 4701 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4702 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4703 } 4704 if (tls_clear == 0) 4705 continue; 4706 4707 if (tls_set == 0) 4708 { 4709 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ 4710 if (*got_count > 0) 4711 *got_count -= 1; 4712 } 4713 4714 *tls_mask |= tls_set; 4715 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; 4716 } 4717 4718 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4719 free (relstart); 4720 } 4721 } 4722 return true; 4723 } 4724 4725 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak 4727 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after 4728 size_dynamic_sections. */ 4729 4730 static bool 4731 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4732 { 4733 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); 4734 do 4735 { 4736 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf)) 4737 return true; 4738 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias); 4739 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h); 4740 4741 return false; 4742 } 4743 4744 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */ 4745 4746 static bool 4747 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4748 { 4749 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4750 4751 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4752 if (p->pc_count != 0) 4753 return true; 4754 return false; 4755 } 4756 4757 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a 4758 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the 4759 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to 4760 change the definition to something the rest of the link can 4761 understand. */ 4762 4763 static bool 4764 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 4765 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4766 { 4767 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4768 asection *s; 4769 4770 #ifdef DEBUG 4771 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n", 4772 h->root.root.string); 4773 #endif 4774 4775 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 4776 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4777 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL 4778 && (h->needs_plt 4779 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4780 || h->is_weakalias 4781 || (h->def_dynamic 4782 && h->ref_regular 4783 && !h->def_regular))); 4784 4785 /* Deal with function syms. */ 4786 if (h->type == STT_FUNC 4787 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4788 || h->needs_plt) 4789 { 4790 bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 4791 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)); 4792 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a 4793 function symbol is local. */ 4794 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local) 4795 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4796 4797 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that 4798 won't need a .plt entry. */ 4799 struct plt_entry *ent; 4800 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4801 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4802 break; 4803 if (ent == NULL 4804 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC 4805 && local 4806 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 4807 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 4808 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP))) 4809 { 4810 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when: 4811 4812 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry 4813 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case, 4814 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called. 4815 4816 2. GC has rendered the entry unused. 4817 4818 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol 4819 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */ 4820 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4821 h->needs_plt = 0; 4822 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4823 } 4824 else 4825 { 4826 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section 4827 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the 4828 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can 4829 be used instead, giving better runtime performance. 4830 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce 4831 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic 4832 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the 4833 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather 4834 than link time. */ 4835 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed 4836 || (h->non_got_ref 4837 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak 4838 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 4839 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 4840 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4841 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4842 { 4843 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4844 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol 4845 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ 4846 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 4847 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4848 } 4849 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 4850 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the 4851 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */ 4852 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4853 } 4854 h->protected_def = 0; 4855 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */ 4856 return true; 4857 } 4858 else 4859 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4860 4861 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 4862 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 4863 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 4864 if (h->is_weakalias) 4865 { 4866 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); 4867 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); 4868 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; 4869 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; 4870 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss 4871 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro 4872 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss) 4873 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4874 return true; 4875 } 4876 4877 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 4878 is not a function. */ 4879 4880 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the 4881 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. 4882 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will 4883 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ 4884 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4885 { 4886 h->protected_def = 0; 4887 return true; 4888 } 4889 4890 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the 4891 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ 4892 if (!h->non_got_ref) 4893 { 4894 h->protected_def = 0; 4895 return true; 4896 } 4897 4898 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in 4899 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected 4900 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations 4901 are preferable to an incorrect program. */ 4902 if (h->protected_def) 4903 { 4904 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4905 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 4906 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 4907 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0 4908 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1) 4909 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1; 4910 return true; 4911 } 4912 4913 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ 4914 if (info->nocopyreloc) 4915 return true; 4916 4917 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then 4918 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. 4919 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This 4920 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic 4921 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an 4922 executable. */ 4923 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4924 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4925 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 4926 && !h->def_regular 4927 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4928 return true; 4929 4930 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will 4931 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be 4932 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic 4933 object will contain position independent code, so all references 4934 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global 4935 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to 4936 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so 4937 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the 4938 same memory location for the variable. 4939 4940 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we 4941 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */ 4942 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4943 s = htab->dynsbss; 4944 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4945 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; 4946 else 4947 s = htab->elf.sdynbss; 4948 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 4949 4950 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) 4951 { 4952 asection *srel; 4953 4954 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic 4955 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object 4956 and into the runtime process image. */ 4957 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4958 srel = htab->relsbss; 4959 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4960 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 4961 else 4962 srel = htab->elf.srelbss; 4963 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); 4964 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 4965 h->needs_copy = 1; 4966 } 4967 4968 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */ 4969 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4970 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); 4971 } 4972 4973 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is 4975 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0, 4976 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym 4977 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC 4978 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */ 4979 4980 static bool 4981 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent, 4982 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4983 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4984 { 4985 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 4986 size_t len1, len2, len3; 4987 char *name; 4988 const char *stub; 4989 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4990 4991 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4992 stub = ".plt_pic32."; 4993 else 4994 stub = ".plt_call32."; 4995 4996 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string); 4997 len2 = strlen (stub); 4998 len3 = 0; 4999 if (ent->sec) 5000 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name); 5001 name = bfd_alloc (info->output_bfd, len1 + len2 + len3 + 9); 5002 if (name == NULL) 5003 return false; 5004 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff); 5005 if (ent->sec) 5006 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3); 5007 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2); 5008 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1); 5009 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false); 5010 if (sh == NULL) 5011 return false; 5012 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5013 { 5014 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5015 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5016 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset; 5017 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5018 sh->def_regular = 1; 5019 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5020 sh->forced_local = 1; 5021 sh->non_elf = 0; 5022 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5023 } 5024 return true; 5025 } 5026 5027 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset. 5028 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */ 5029 5030 static bfd_vma 5031 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need) 5032 { 5033 bfd_vma where; 5034 unsigned int max_before_header; 5035 5036 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5037 { 5038 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5039 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5040 } 5041 else 5042 { 5043 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764; 5044 if (need <= htab->got_gap) 5045 { 5046 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap; 5047 htab->got_gap -= need; 5048 } 5049 else 5050 { 5051 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header 5052 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header) 5053 { 5054 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size; 5055 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size; 5056 } 5057 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5058 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5059 } 5060 } 5061 return where; 5062 } 5063 5064 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK. 5065 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */ 5066 5067 static inline unsigned int 5068 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask) 5069 { 5070 unsigned int need; 5071 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0) 5072 need = 4; 5073 else 5074 { 5075 need = 0; 5076 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 5077 need += 8; 5078 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) 5079 need += 4; 5080 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 5081 need += 4; 5082 } 5083 return need; 5084 } 5085 5086 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */ 5087 5088 static bool 5089 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info, 5090 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5091 { 5092 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); 5093 5094 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created 5095 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0 5096 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 5097 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 5098 && h->dynindx == -1 5099 && !h->forced_local 5100 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) 5101 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); 5102 return true; 5103 } 5104 5105 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the 5106 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */ 5107 5108 static inline 5109 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info, 5110 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5111 { 5112 return (h == NULL 5113 || h->dynindx == -1 5114 || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created); 5115 } 5116 5117 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */ 5118 5119 static bool 5120 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 5121 { 5122 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; 5123 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 5124 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5125 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 5126 5127 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5128 return true; 5129 5130 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5131 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 5132 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0 5133 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 5134 && !eh->elf.def_regular 5135 && eh->elf.protected_def 5136 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5137 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5138 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5139 { 5140 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5141 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf)) 5142 return false; 5143 5144 unsigned int need = got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask); 5145 unsigned int rel_need = need * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5146 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5147 { 5148 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)) 5149 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should 5150 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have 5151 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */ 5152 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5153 else 5154 { 5155 need += 8; 5156 rel_need += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5157 } 5158 } 5159 if (need == 0) 5160 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5161 else 5162 { 5163 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need); 5164 if (((bfd_link_pic (info) 5165 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 5166 && bfd_link_executable (info) 5167 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)) 5168 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)) 5169 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5170 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1 5171 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) 5172 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf)) 5173 { 5174 asection *rsec; 5175 5176 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 5177 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5178 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 5179 rsec->size += rel_need; 5180 } 5181 } 5182 } 5183 else 5184 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5185 5186 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for 5187 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */ 5188 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5189 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5190 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5191 5192 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ 5193 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 5194 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) 5195 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5196 5197 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default 5198 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */ 5199 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 5200 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5201 5202 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL) 5203 ; 5204 5205 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for 5206 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be 5207 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard 5208 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility 5209 changes. */ 5210 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5211 { 5212 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn, 5213 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be 5214 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to 5215 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt. 5216 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected 5217 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */ 5218 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) 5219 { 5220 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5221 5222 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5223 { 5224 p->count -= p->pc_count; 5225 p->pc_count = 0; 5226 if (p->count == 0) 5227 *pp = p->next; 5228 else 5229 pp = &p->next; 5230 } 5231 } 5232 5233 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 5234 { 5235 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5236 5237 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5238 { 5239 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) 5240 *pp = p->next; 5241 else 5242 pp = &p->next; 5243 } 5244 } 5245 5246 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL) 5247 { 5248 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5249 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5250 return false; 5251 } 5252 } 5253 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) 5254 { 5255 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against 5256 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not 5257 dynamic. */ 5258 if ((h->dynamic_adjusted 5259 || (h->ref_regular 5260 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 5261 && (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0 5262 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h)))) 5263 && !h->def_regular 5264 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h) 5265 && !(h->protected_def 5266 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5267 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5268 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5269 { 5270 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5271 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5272 return false; 5273 5274 if (h->dynindx == -1) 5275 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5276 } 5277 else 5278 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5279 } 5280 5281 /* Allocate space. */ 5282 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 5283 if (!discarded_section (p->sec)) 5284 { 5285 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5286 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5287 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5288 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5289 } 5290 5291 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled. 5292 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol 5293 a) is dynamic, or 5294 b) is an ifunc, or 5295 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or 5296 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */ 5297 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1) 5298 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 5299 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted) 5300 || (h->needs_plt 5301 && h->def_regular 5302 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5303 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5304 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 5305 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP)) 5306 { 5307 struct plt_entry *ent; 5308 bool doneone = false; 5309 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5310 5311 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5312 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5313 { 5314 asection *s; 5315 bool dyn; 5316 5317 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5318 return false; 5319 5320 dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h); 5321 s = htab->elf.splt; 5322 if (!dyn) 5323 { 5324 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5325 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5326 else 5327 s = htab->pltlocal; 5328 } 5329 5330 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 5331 { 5332 if (!doneone) 5333 { 5334 plt_offset = s->size; 5335 s->size += 4; 5336 } 5337 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5338 5339 if (s == htab->pltlocal) 5340 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5341 else 5342 { 5343 s = htab->glink; 5344 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)) 5345 { 5346 glink_offset = s->size; 5347 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 5348 } 5349 if (!doneone 5350 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 5351 && h->def_dynamic 5352 && !h->def_regular) 5353 { 5354 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5355 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset; 5356 } 5357 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5358 5359 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms 5360 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info)) 5361 return false; 5362 } 5363 } 5364 else 5365 { 5366 if (!doneone) 5367 { 5368 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room 5369 for the special first entry. */ 5370 if (s->size == 0) 5371 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size; 5372 5373 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two 5374 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load 5375 and a jump), and then there is a remaining 5376 word available at the end. */ 5377 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size 5378 + (htab->plt_slot_size 5379 * ((s->size 5380 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5381 / htab->plt_entry_size))); 5382 5383 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular 5384 file, and we are not generating a shared 5385 library, then set the symbol to this location 5386 in the .plt. This is to avoid text 5387 relocations, and is required to make 5388 function pointers compare as equal between 5389 the normal executable and the shared library. */ 5390 if (! bfd_link_pic (info) 5391 && h->def_dynamic 5392 && !h->def_regular) 5393 { 5394 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5395 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset; 5396 } 5397 5398 /* Make room for this entry. */ 5399 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5400 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries 5401 is allocated. */ 5402 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 5403 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5404 / htab->plt_entry_size 5405 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) 5406 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5407 } 5408 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5409 } 5410 5411 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 5412 if (!doneone) 5413 { 5414 if (!dyn) 5415 { 5416 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5417 { 5418 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5419 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5420 } 5421 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5422 { 5423 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5424 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5425 } 5426 } 5427 else 5428 { 5429 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5430 5431 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5432 { 5433 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */ 5434 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 5435 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5436 { 5437 if (ent->plt.offset 5438 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5439 { 5440 htab->srelplt2->size 5441 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5442 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS); 5443 } 5444 5445 htab->srelplt2->size 5446 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5447 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS); 5448 } 5449 5450 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in 5451 .got.plt. */ 5452 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; 5453 } 5454 } 5455 doneone = true; 5456 } 5457 } 5458 else 5459 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5460 5461 if (!doneone) 5462 { 5463 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5464 h->needs_plt = 0; 5465 } 5466 } 5467 else 5468 { 5469 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5470 h->needs_plt = 0; 5471 } 5472 5473 return true; 5474 } 5475 5476 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] = 5477 { 5478 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */ 5479 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */ 5480 1, /* CIE version. */ 5481 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */ 5482 4, /* Code alignment. */ 5483 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */ 5484 65, /* RA reg. */ 5485 1, /* Augmentation size. */ 5486 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */ 5487 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */ 5488 }; 5489 5490 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ 5491 5492 static bool 5493 ppc_elf_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 5494 struct bfd_link_info *info) 5495 { 5496 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5497 asection *s; 5498 bool relocs; 5499 bfd *ibfd; 5500 5501 #ifdef DEBUG 5502 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_late_size_sections called\n"); 5503 #endif 5504 5505 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5506 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 5507 return true; 5508 5509 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 5510 { 5511 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ 5512 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) 5513 { 5514 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp"); 5515 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 5516 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5517 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5518 s->alloced = 1; 5519 } 5520 } 5521 5522 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5523 htab->got_header_size = 16; 5524 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 5525 htab->got_header_size = 12; 5526 5527 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic 5528 relocs. */ 5529 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 5530 { 5531 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 5532 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; 5533 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 5534 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; 5535 char *lgot_masks; 5536 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 5537 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 5538 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; 5539 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 5540 5541 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 5542 continue; 5543 5544 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5545 { 5546 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 5547 5548 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *) 5549 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); 5550 p != NULL; 5551 p = p->next) 5552 { 5553 if (discarded_section (p->sec)) 5554 { 5555 /* Input section has been discarded, either because 5556 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to 5557 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding 5558 the relocs too. */ 5559 } 5560 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 5561 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, 5562 ".tls_vars") == 0) 5563 { 5564 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are 5565 handled specially by the loader. */ 5566 } 5567 else if (p->count != 0) 5568 { 5569 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5570 if (p->ifunc) 5571 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5572 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5573 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags 5574 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5575 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5576 { 5577 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5578 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5579 p->sec->owner, p->sec); 5580 } 5581 } 5582 } 5583 } 5584 5585 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 5586 if (!local_got) 5587 continue; 5588 5589 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 5590 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 5591 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 5592 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 5593 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 5594 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5595 local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 5596 if (local_syms == NULL && locsymcount != 0) 5597 { 5598 local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, locsymcount, 5599 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); 5600 if (local_syms == NULL) 5601 return false; 5602 } 5603 5604 for (isym = local_syms; 5605 local_got < end_local_got; 5606 ++local_got, ++lgot_masks, ++isym) 5607 if (*local_got > 0) 5608 { 5609 unsigned int need; 5610 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5611 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5612 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks); 5613 if (need == 0) 5614 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5615 else 5616 { 5617 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need); 5618 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5619 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0 5620 && bfd_link_executable (info)) 5621 && isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) 5622 { 5623 asection *srel; 5624 5625 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5626 srel = htab->elf.srelgot; 5627 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5628 srel = htab->elf.irelplt; 5629 srel->size += need; 5630 } 5631 } 5632 } 5633 else 5634 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5635 5636 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 5637 continue; 5638 5639 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */ 5640 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5641 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks) 5642 { 5643 struct plt_entry *ent; 5644 bool doneone = false; 5645 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5646 5647 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5648 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5649 { 5650 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5651 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5652 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5653 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP) 5654 { 5655 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5656 continue; 5657 } 5658 else 5659 s = htab->pltlocal; 5660 5661 if (!doneone) 5662 { 5663 plt_offset = s->size; 5664 s->size += 4; 5665 } 5666 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5667 5668 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))) 5669 { 5670 s = htab->glink; 5671 glink_offset = s->size; 5672 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL); 5673 } 5674 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5675 5676 if (!doneone) 5677 { 5678 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5679 { 5680 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5681 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5682 } 5683 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5684 { 5685 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5686 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5687 } 5688 doneone = true; 5689 } 5690 } 5691 else 5692 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5693 } 5694 5695 if (local_syms != NULL 5696 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 5697 { 5698 if (!info->keep_memory) 5699 free (local_syms); 5700 else 5701 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 5702 } 5703 } 5704 5705 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ 5706 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info); 5707 5708 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0) 5709 { 5710 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8); 5711 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 5712 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5713 } 5714 else 5715 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5716 5717 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS) 5718 { 5719 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768; 5720 5721 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here, 5722 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated), 5723 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the 5724 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */ 5725 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768) 5726 { 5727 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5728 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5729 g_o_t += 4; 5730 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size; 5731 } 5732 5733 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t; 5734 } 5735 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5736 { 5737 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5738 5739 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section; 5740 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 5741 } 5742 if (info->emitrelocations) 5743 { 5744 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5745 5746 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5747 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5748 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 5749 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5750 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5751 } 5752 5753 if (htab->glink != NULL 5754 && htab->glink->size != 0 5755 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5756 { 5757 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size; 5758 /* Space for the branch table. */ 5759 htab->glink->size 5760 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4; 5761 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */ 5762 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 5763 ? 63 : 15); 5764 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5765 5766 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) 5767 { 5768 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 5769 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink", 5770 true, false, false); 5771 if (sh == NULL) 5772 return false; 5773 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5774 { 5775 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5776 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5777 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve; 5778 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5779 sh->def_regular = 1; 5780 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5781 sh->forced_local = 1; 5782 sh->non_elf = 0; 5783 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5784 } 5785 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", 5786 true, false, false); 5787 if (sh == NULL) 5788 return false; 5789 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5790 { 5791 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5792 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5793 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5794 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5795 sh->def_regular = 1; 5796 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5797 sh->forced_local = 1; 5798 sh->non_elf = 0; 5799 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5800 } 5801 } 5802 } 5803 5804 if (htab->glink != NULL 5805 && htab->glink->size != 0 5806 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5807 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section) 5808 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) 5809 { 5810 s = htab->glink_eh_frame; 5811 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20; 5812 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5813 { 5814 s->size += 4; 5815 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256) 5816 s->size += 4; 5817 } 5818 } 5819 5820 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. 5821 Allocate memory for them. */ 5822 relocs = false; 5823 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5824 { 5825 bool strip_section = true; 5826 5827 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 5828 continue; 5829 5830 if (s == htab->elf.splt 5831 || s == htab->elf.sgot) 5832 { 5833 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if 5834 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. 5835 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ 5836 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) 5837 strip_section = false; 5838 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the 5839 comment below. */ 5840 } 5841 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt 5842 || s == htab->pltlocal 5843 || s == htab->glink 5844 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame 5845 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt 5846 || s == htab->sbss 5847 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss 5848 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro 5849 || s == htab->dynsbss) 5850 { 5851 /* Strip these too. */ 5852 } 5853 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section 5854 || s == htab->sdata[1].section) 5855 { 5856 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0; 5857 } 5858 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela")) 5859 { 5860 if (s->size != 0) 5861 { 5862 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */ 5863 relocs = true; 5864 5865 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need 5866 to copy relocs into the output file. */ 5867 s->reloc_count = 0; 5868 } 5869 } 5870 else 5871 { 5872 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ 5873 continue; 5874 } 5875 5876 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section) 5877 { 5878 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the 5879 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and 5880 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in 5881 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created 5882 before the linker maps input sections to output 5883 sections. The linker does that before 5884 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that 5885 function which decides whether anything needs to go 5886 into these sections. */ 5887 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 5888 continue; 5889 } 5890 5891 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 5892 continue; 5893 5894 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ 5895 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size); 5896 if (s->contents == NULL) 5897 return false; 5898 s->alloced = 1; 5899 } 5900 5901 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5902 { 5903 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the 5904 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we 5905 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for 5906 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the 5907 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ 5908 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ 5909 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) 5910 5911 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info, 5912 relocs)) 5913 return false; 5914 5915 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 5916 && htab->glink != NULL 5917 && htab->glink->size != 0) 5918 { 5919 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0)) 5920 return false; 5921 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt 5922 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL 5923 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL 5924 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS)) 5925 return false; 5926 } 5927 } 5928 #undef add_dynamic_entry 5929 5930 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5931 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 5932 { 5933 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5934 bfd_vma val; 5935 5936 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie)); 5937 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */ 5938 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p); 5939 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5940 /* FDE length. */ 5941 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5942 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5943 p += 4; 5944 /* CIE pointer. */ 5945 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5946 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5947 p += 4; 5948 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */ 5949 p += 4; 5950 /* .glink size. */ 5951 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p); 5952 p += 4; 5953 /* Augmentation. */ 5954 p += 1; 5955 5956 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5957 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5958 { 5959 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2; 5960 if (adv < 64) 5961 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv; 5962 else if (adv < 256) 5963 { 5964 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1; 5965 *p++ = adv; 5966 } 5967 else if (adv < 65536) 5968 { 5969 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2; 5970 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5971 p += 2; 5972 } 5973 else 5974 { 5975 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4; 5976 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5977 p += 4; 5978 } 5979 *p++ = DW_CFA_register; 5980 *p++ = 65; 5981 p++; 5982 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4; 5983 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; 5984 *p++ = 65; 5985 } 5986 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4) 5987 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size); 5988 } 5989 5990 return true; 5991 } 5992 5993 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output 5994 if it looks like nothing is using them. */ 5995 5996 static void 5997 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 5998 { 5999 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym; 6000 6001 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1) 6002 { 6003 asection *s; 6004 6005 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name); 6006 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6007 { 6008 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name); 6009 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6010 { 6011 sda->def_regular = 0; 6012 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */ 6013 sda->ref_dynamic = 1; 6014 sda->forced_local = 0; 6015 } 6016 } 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 void 6021 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info) 6022 { 6023 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6024 6025 if (htab != NULL) 6026 { 6027 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]); 6028 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]); 6029 } 6030 } 6031 6032 6033 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ 6034 6035 static bool 6036 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6037 { 6038 if (h->plt.plist != NULL 6039 && !h->def_regular 6040 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed 6041 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak)) 6042 return false; 6043 6044 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); 6045 } 6046 6047 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) 6049 6050 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is 6051 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */ 6052 static const int shared_stub_entry[] = 6053 { 6054 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */ 6055 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */ 6056 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */ 6057 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */ 6058 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */ 6059 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */ 6060 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6061 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6062 }; 6063 6064 static const int stub_entry[] = 6065 { 6066 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */ 6067 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */ 6068 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6069 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6070 }; 6071 6072 struct ppc_elf_relax_info 6073 { 6074 unsigned int workaround_size; 6075 unsigned int picfixup_size; 6076 }; 6077 6078 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476 6079 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch 6080 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can 6081 add trampolines at the end of the section. */ 6082 6083 static bool 6084 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, 6085 asection *isec, 6086 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 6087 bool *again) 6088 { 6089 struct one_branch_fixup 6090 { 6091 struct one_branch_fixup *next; 6092 asection *tsec; 6093 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a 6094 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */ 6095 bfd_vma toff; 6096 bfd_vma trampoff; 6097 }; 6098 6099 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6100 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6101 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; 6102 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; 6103 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL; 6104 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL; 6105 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 6106 unsigned changes = 0; 6107 bool workaround_change; 6108 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6109 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size; 6110 asection *got2; 6111 bool maybe_pasted; 6112 6113 *again = false; 6114 6115 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */ 6116 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 6117 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 6118 || (isec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0 6119 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 6120 || isec->size < 4) 6121 return true; 6122 6123 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't 6124 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r 6125 anyway. */ 6126 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6127 return true; 6128 6129 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info); 6130 if (htab == NULL) 6131 return true; 6132 6133 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4; 6134 if (isec->rawsize == 0) 6135 isec->rawsize = isec->size; 6136 trampbase = isec->size; 6137 6138 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE 6139 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET); 6140 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET; 6141 6142 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6143 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6144 { 6145 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6146 { 6147 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info 6148 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info)); 6149 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6150 return false; 6151 } 6152 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info; 6153 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size; 6154 } 6155 6156 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 6157 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0); 6158 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */ 6159 trampoff = trampbase; 6160 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize) 6161 trampoff += 4; 6162 6163 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 6164 picfixup_size = 0; 6165 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines 6166 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6167 { 6168 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ 6169 if (isec->reloc_count != 0) 6170 { 6171 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL, 6172 link_info->keep_memory); 6173 if (internal_relocs == NULL) 6174 goto error_return; 6175 } 6176 6177 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 6178 6179 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count; 6180 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) 6181 { 6182 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); 6183 bfd_vma toff, roff; 6184 asection *tsec; 6185 struct one_branch_fixup *f; 6186 size_t insn_offset = 0; 6187 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val, reladdr; 6188 bfd_byte *hit_addr; 6189 unsigned long t0; 6190 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6191 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 6192 struct plt_entry **plist; 6193 unsigned char sym_type; 6194 6195 switch (r_type) 6196 { 6197 case R_PPC_REL24: 6198 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6199 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6200 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 6201 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; 6202 break; 6203 6204 case R_PPC_REL14: 6205 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6206 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6207 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; 6208 break; 6209 6210 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 6211 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6212 break; 6213 continue; 6214 6215 default: 6216 continue; 6217 } 6218 6219 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ 6220 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf, 6221 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd)) 6222 goto error_return; 6223 6224 if (isym != NULL) 6225 { 6226 if (tsec != NULL) 6227 ; 6228 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 6229 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6230 else 6231 continue; 6232 6233 toff = isym->st_value; 6234 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); 6235 } 6236 else 6237 { 6238 if (tsec != NULL) 6239 toff = h->root.u.def.value; 6240 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 6241 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 6242 { 6243 unsigned long indx; 6244 6245 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6246 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; 6247 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0; 6248 } 6249 else 6250 continue; 6251 6252 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later 6253 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long- 6254 branch stub in that case. */ 6255 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info) 6256 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6257 && irel != internal_relocs) 6258 { 6259 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info); 6260 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info); 6261 unsigned int tls_mask = 0; 6262 6263 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or 6264 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc 6265 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls 6266 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */ 6267 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 6268 { 6269 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6270 6271 if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 6272 { 6273 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6274 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6275 char *lgot_masks = (char *) 6276 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6277 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx]; 6278 } 6279 } 6280 else 6281 { 6282 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th 6283 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 6284 6285 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6286 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6287 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link; 6288 6289 tls_mask 6290 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask; 6291 } 6292 6293 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be 6294 optimised away. */ 6295 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 6296 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD 6297 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 6298 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO)) 6299 continue; 6300 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 6301 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD 6302 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 6303 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO)) 6304 continue; 6305 } 6306 6307 sym_type = h->type; 6308 } 6309 6310 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 6311 { 6312 if (h != NULL 6313 && !h->def_regular 6314 && h->protected_def 6315 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 6316 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo) 6317 picfixup_size += 12; 6318 continue; 6319 } 6320 6321 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must 6322 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here 6323 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch 6324 destination used here may be incorrect. */ 6325 plist = NULL; 6326 if (h != NULL) 6327 { 6328 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */ 6329 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6330 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6331 plist = &h->plt.plist; 6332 } 6333 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6334 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL) 6335 { 6336 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6337 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6338 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6339 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); 6340 } 6341 if (plist != NULL) 6342 { 6343 bfd_vma addend = 0; 6344 struct plt_entry *ent; 6345 6346 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6347 addend = irel->r_addend; 6348 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend); 6349 if (ent != NULL) 6350 { 6351 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 6352 || h == NULL 6353 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 6354 || h->dynindx == -1) 6355 { 6356 tsec = htab->glink; 6357 toff = ent->glink_offset; 6358 } 6359 else 6360 { 6361 tsec = htab->elf.splt; 6362 toff = ent->plt.offset; 6363 } 6364 } 6365 } 6366 6367 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have 6368 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the 6369 branch overflow. */ 6370 if (tsec == isec) 6371 continue; 6372 6373 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is 6374 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't 6375 support addends. It would be possible to do so by 6376 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on 6377 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */ 6378 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6379 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr 6380 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24 6381 && irel->r_addend != 0) 6382 continue; 6383 6384 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in 6385 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely 6386 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at 6387 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a 6388 reference for other target relax_section functions. */ 6389 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 6390 { 6391 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been 6392 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be 6393 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in 6394 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for 6395 section symbols have been adjusted.) 6396 6397 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE 6398 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when 6399 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against 6400 a section symbol we should include the addend in the 6401 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the 6402 location of interest is the original symbol. On the 6403 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not 6404 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an 6405 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The 6406 location of interest is just "sym". */ 6407 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION 6408 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6409 toff += irel->r_addend; 6410 6411 toff 6412 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, 6413 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, 6414 toff); 6415 6416 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION 6417 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6418 toff += irel->r_addend; 6419 } 6420 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */ 6421 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6422 toff += irel->r_addend; 6423 6424 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */ 6425 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6426 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr) 6427 || tsec->output_section == NULL 6428 || (tsec->owner != NULL 6429 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0)) 6430 continue; 6431 6432 roff = irel->r_offset; 6433 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff; 6434 6435 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when 6436 relocatable if the output section size is such that a 6437 fixup can be created at final link. 6438 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number 6439 of other fixups being needed at final link. */ 6440 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6441 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff) 6442 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4))) 6443 continue; 6444 6445 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */ 6446 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr 6447 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6448 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during 6449 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */ 6450 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section)) 6451 { 6452 bfd_vma symaddr; 6453 6454 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff; 6455 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset 6456 < 2 * max_branch_offset) 6457 continue; 6458 } 6459 6460 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */ 6461 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next) 6462 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff) 6463 break; 6464 6465 if (f == NULL) 6466 { 6467 size_t size; 6468 unsigned long stub_rtype; 6469 6470 val = trampoff - roff; 6471 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6472 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add 6473 one. We'll report an error later. */ 6474 continue; 6475 6476 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6477 { 6478 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); 6479 insn_offset = 12; 6480 } 6481 else 6482 { 6483 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 6484 insn_offset = 0; 6485 } 6486 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX; 6487 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt 6488 || tsec == htab->glink) 6489 { 6490 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT; 6491 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6492 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24; 6493 } 6494 6495 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two 6496 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */ 6497 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), 6498 stub_rtype); 6499 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset; 6500 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 6501 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 6502 irel->r_addend = 0; 6503 6504 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */ 6505 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f)); 6506 f->next = branch_fixups; 6507 f->tsec = tsec; 6508 f->toff = toff; 6509 f->trampoff = trampoff; 6510 branch_fixups = f; 6511 6512 trampoff += size; 6513 changes++; 6514 } 6515 else 6516 { 6517 val = f->trampoff - roff; 6518 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6519 continue; 6520 6521 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */ 6522 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6523 } 6524 6525 link_info->callbacks->minfo 6526 (_("%pB: Adjusting branch at 0x%V towards \"%s\" in section %s\n"), 6527 abfd, reladdr, 6528 (h && h->root.root.string? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"), 6529 f->tsec->name); 6530 6531 /* Get the section contents. */ 6532 if (contents == NULL) 6533 { 6534 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ 6535 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) 6536 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents; 6537 /* Go get them off disk. */ 6538 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents)) 6539 goto error_return; 6540 } 6541 6542 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */ 6543 hit_addr = contents + roff; 6544 switch (r_type) 6545 { 6546 case R_PPC_REL24: 6547 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6548 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6549 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6550 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc; 6551 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc; 6552 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6553 break; 6554 6555 case R_PPC_REL14: 6556 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6557 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6558 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6559 t0 &= ~0xfffc; 6560 t0 |= val & 0xfffc; 6561 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6562 break; 6563 } 6564 } 6565 6566 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6567 { 6568 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6569 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6570 free (f); 6571 } 6572 } 6573 6574 workaround_change = false; 6575 newsize = trampoff; 6576 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6577 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6578 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)) 6579 { 6580 bfd_vma addr, end_addr; 6581 unsigned int crossings; 6582 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6583 6584 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset; 6585 end_addr = addr + trampoff; 6586 addr &= -pagesize; 6587 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6588 if (crossings != 0) 6589 { 6590 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does 6591 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a 6592 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */ 6593 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15); 6594 newsize += crossings * 16; 6595 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize) 6596 { 6597 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize; 6598 workaround_change = true; 6599 } 6600 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */ 6601 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; 6602 } 6603 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size; 6604 } 6605 6606 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6607 { 6608 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size; 6609 if (picfixup_size != 0) 6610 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size; 6611 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size; 6612 } 6613 6614 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change) 6615 isec->size = newsize; 6616 6617 if (isymbuf != NULL 6618 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) 6619 { 6620 if (! link_info->keep_memory) 6621 free (isymbuf); 6622 else 6623 { 6624 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6625 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; 6626 } 6627 } 6628 6629 if (contents != NULL 6630 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6631 { 6632 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory) 6633 free (contents); 6634 else 6635 { 6636 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6637 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; 6638 } 6639 } 6640 6641 changes += picfixup_size; 6642 if (changes != 0) 6643 { 6644 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation 6645 information for the trampolines. */ 6646 size_t old_size = isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*internal_relocs); 6647 size_t extra_size = changes * sizeof (*internal_relocs); 6648 internal_relocs = bfd_realloc (internal_relocs, old_size + extra_size); 6649 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = internal_relocs; 6650 if (!internal_relocs) 6651 goto error_return; 6652 memset ((char *) internal_relocs + old_size, 0, extra_size); 6653 isec->reloc_count += changes; 6654 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec); 6655 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 6656 } 6657 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6658 free (internal_relocs); 6659 6660 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change; 6661 return true; 6662 6663 error_return: 6664 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6665 { 6666 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6667 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6668 free (f); 6669 } 6670 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents) 6671 free (isymbuf); 6672 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6673 free (contents); 6674 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6675 free (internal_relocs); 6676 return false; 6677 } 6678 6679 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in 6681 discarded sections. */ 6682 6683 static unsigned int 6684 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) 6685 { 6686 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0) 6687 return 0; 6688 6689 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0) 6690 return 0; 6691 6692 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); 6693 } 6694 6695 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */ 6697 6698 static bfd_vma 6699 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd, 6700 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 6701 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 6702 bfd_vma relocation, 6703 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 6704 { 6705 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 6706 6707 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 6708 6709 if (h != NULL) 6710 { 6711 /* Handle global symbol. */ 6712 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 6713 6714 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6715 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular); 6716 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer; 6717 } 6718 else 6719 { 6720 /* Handle local symbol. */ 6721 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 6722 6723 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)); 6724 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL); 6725 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx]; 6726 } 6727 6728 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr, 6729 rel->r_addend, 6730 lsect); 6731 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL); 6732 6733 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit 6734 as a "written" flag. */ 6735 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0) 6736 { 6737 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner, 6738 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend, 6739 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset); 6740 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1; 6741 } 6742 6743 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma 6744 + lsect->section->output_offset 6745 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1 6746 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym)); 6747 6748 #ifdef DEBUG 6749 fprintf (stderr, 6750 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n", 6751 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation); 6752 #endif 6753 6754 return relocation; 6755 } 6756 6757 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) 6758 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) 6759 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) 6760 6761 static void 6762 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent, 6763 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p, 6764 struct bfd_link_info *info) 6765 { 6766 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6767 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; 6768 bfd_vma plt; 6769 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 6770 6771 if (h != NULL 6772 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6773 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 6774 { 6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p); 6776 p += 4; 6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p); 6778 p += 4; 6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p); 6780 p += 4; 6781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p); 6782 p += 4; 6783 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p); 6784 p += 4; 6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p); 6786 p += 4; 6787 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p); 6788 p += 4; 6789 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 6790 p += 4; 6791 } 6792 6793 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1) 6794 + plt_sec->output_section->vma 6795 + plt_sec->output_offset); 6796 6797 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 6798 { 6799 bfd_vma got = 0; 6800 6801 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 6802 got = (ent->addend 6803 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 6804 + ent->sec->output_offset); 6805 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 6806 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 6807 6808 plt -= got; 6809 6810 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 6811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6812 else 6813 { 6814 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6815 p += 4; 6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6817 } 6818 } 6819 else 6820 { 6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6822 p += 4; 6823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6824 } 6825 p += 4; 6826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); 6827 p += 4; 6828 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 6829 p += 4; 6830 while (p < end) 6831 { 6832 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 6833 p += 4; 6834 } 6835 } 6836 6837 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */ 6838 6839 static bool 6840 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6841 { 6842 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6843 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6844 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL 6845 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); 6846 } 6847 6848 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return 6849 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If 6850 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */ 6851 6852 unsigned int 6853 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6854 { 6855 unsigned int rtra; 6856 6857 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26) 6858 return 0; 6859 6860 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg) 6861 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16)); 6862 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg) 6863 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5); 6864 else 6865 return 0; 6866 6867 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1) 6868 /* add -> addi. */ 6869 insn = 14 << 26; 6870 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1 6871 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6 6872 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6 6873 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6))) 6874 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */ 6875 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26; 6876 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1) 6877 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */ 6878 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1); 6879 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1) 6880 /* lwax -> lwa. */ 6881 insn = (58u << 26) | 2; 6882 else 6883 return 0; 6884 insn |= rtra; 6885 return insn; 6886 } 6887 6888 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return 6889 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the 6890 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */ 6891 6892 unsigned int 6893 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6894 { 6895 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16 6896 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 6897 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */ 6898 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 6899 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 6900 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 6901 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 6902 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 6903 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 6904 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 6905 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 6906 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 6907 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 6908 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 6909 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 6910 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 6911 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 6912 && (insn & 3) != 1) 6913 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 6914 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))) 6915 { 6916 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 6917 } 6918 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21 6919 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */ 6920 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */ 6921 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */)) 6922 { 6923 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21); 6924 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5; 6925 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */) 6926 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */ 6927 } 6928 else 6929 insn = 0; 6930 return insn; 6931 } 6932 6933 static bool 6934 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn) 6935 { 6936 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */ 6937 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */ 6938 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */ 6939 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */); 6940 } 6941 6942 static bool 6943 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn) 6944 { 6945 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */ 6946 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */ 6947 && (insn & 3) == 1)); 6948 } 6949 6950 static bool 6951 swap_reloc_out (bfd *obfd, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bfd_byte *loc, asection *s) 6952 { 6953 if ((size_t) (loc - s->contents) >= s->size) 6954 return false; 6955 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (obfd, rel, loc); 6956 return true; 6957 } 6958 6959 static bool 6960 count_and_swap_reloc_out (bfd *obfd, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, asection *s) 6961 { 6962 bfd_byte *loc = s->contents; 6963 loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 6964 return swap_reloc_out (obfd, rel, loc, s); 6965 } 6966 6967 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker 6968 to handle the relocations for a section. 6969 6970 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section 6971 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be 6972 zero. 6973 6974 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as 6975 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a 6976 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as 6977 necessary. 6978 6979 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc 6980 address or the reloc symbol index. 6981 6982 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. 6983 6984 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file 6985 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. 6986 6987 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found 6988 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). 6989 6990 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle 6991 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is 6992 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output 6993 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted 6994 accordingly. */ 6995 6996 static int 6997 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, 6998 struct bfd_link_info *info, 6999 bfd *input_bfd, 7000 asection *input_section, 7001 bfd_byte *contents, 7002 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, 7003 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 7004 asection **local_sections) 7005 { 7006 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 7007 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 7008 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7009 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 7010 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; 7011 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; 7012 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 7013 asection *got2; 7014 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; 7015 bool ret = true; 7016 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0); 7017 bool is_vxworks_tls; 7018 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0; 7019 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 7020 7021 #ifdef DEBUG 7022 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, " 7023 "%ld relocations%s", 7024 input_bfd, input_section, 7025 (long) input_section->reloc_count, 7026 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); 7027 #endif 7028 7029 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)) 7030 { 7031 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 7032 return false; 7033 } 7034 7035 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2"); 7036 7037 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 7038 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 7039 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 7040 7041 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 7042 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); 7043 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); 7044 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); 7045 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections 7046 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ 7047 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info) 7048 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, 7049 ".tls_vars")); 7050 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET) 7051 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info; 7052 rel = wrel = relocs; 7053 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; 7054 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) 7055 { 7056 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 7057 bfd_vma addend; 7058 bfd_reloc_status_type r; 7059 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 7060 asection *sec; 7061 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 7062 const char *sym_name; 7063 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7064 unsigned long r_symndx; 7065 bfd_vma relocation; 7066 bfd_vma branch_bit, from; 7067 bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc; 7068 bool warned; 7069 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd; 7070 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list; 7071 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto; 7072 7073 again: 7074 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 7075 sym = NULL; 7076 sec = NULL; 7077 h = NULL; 7078 unresolved_reloc = false; 7079 warned = false; 7080 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 7081 7082 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7083 { 7084 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 7085 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7086 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); 7087 7088 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); 7089 } 7090 else 7091 { 7092 bool ignored; 7093 7094 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, 7095 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, 7096 h, sec, relocation, 7097 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); 7098 7099 sym_name = h->root.root.string; 7100 } 7101 7102 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) 7103 { 7104 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, 7105 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the 7106 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ 7107 howto = NULL; 7108 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7109 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7110 7111 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, 7112 contents, rel->r_offset); 7113 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; 7114 wrel->r_info = 0; 7115 wrel->r_addend = 0; 7116 7117 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against 7118 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for 7119 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the 7120 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ 7121 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) 7122 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) 7123 wrel--; 7124 7125 continue; 7126 } 7127 7128 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 7129 { 7130 if (got2 != NULL 7131 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7132 && rel->r_addend != 0) 7133 { 7134 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 7135 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */ 7136 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset; 7137 } 7138 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT 7139 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24 7140 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX) 7141 goto copy_reloc; 7142 } 7143 7144 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs 7145 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit 7146 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible 7147 for the final instruction stream. */ 7148 tls_mask = 0; 7149 tls_gd = 0; 7150 if (h != NULL) 7151 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask; 7152 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 7153 { 7154 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7155 char *lgot_masks; 7156 local_plt 7157 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7158 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7159 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 7160 } 7161 7162 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ 7163 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) 7164 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) 7165 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) 7166 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) 7167 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3) 7168 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3) 7169 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) 7170 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) 7171 abort (); 7172 switch (r_type) 7173 { 7174 default: 7175 break; 7176 7177 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7178 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7179 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7180 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0 7181 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7182 { 7183 bfd_vma insn; 7184 7185 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7186 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7187 insn &= 31 << 21; 7188 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */ 7189 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7190 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7191 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7192 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7193 } 7194 break; 7195 7196 case R_PPC_TLS: 7197 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7198 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0 7199 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 7200 { 7201 bfd_vma insn; 7202 7203 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7204 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2); 7205 if (insn == 0) 7206 abort (); 7207 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7208 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7209 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7210 7211 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now 7212 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ 7213 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7214 } 7215 break; 7216 7217 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7218 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7219 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; 7220 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7221 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7222 goto tls_gdld_hi; 7223 break; 7224 7225 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7226 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7227 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7228 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7229 { 7230 tls_gdld_hi: 7231 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7232 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7233 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7234 else 7235 { 7236 rel->r_offset -= d_offset; 7237 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7238 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7239 } 7240 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7241 } 7242 break; 7243 7244 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7245 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7246 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; 7247 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7248 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7249 goto tls_ldgd_opt; 7250 break; 7251 7252 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7253 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7254 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7255 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7256 { 7257 unsigned int insn1, insn2; 7258 bfd_vma offset; 7259 7260 tls_ldgd_opt: 7261 offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 7262 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark 7263 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call 7264 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next 7265 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with 7266 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ 7267 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr 7268 && rel + 1 < relend 7269 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, 7270 htab->tls_get_addr)) 7271 offset = rel[1].r_offset; 7272 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep 7273 the destination reg. It may be something other than 7274 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by 7275 intervening code. */ 7276 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7277 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7278 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7279 { 7280 /* IE */ 7281 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16); 7282 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */ 7283 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1 7284 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4)) 7285 { 7286 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7287 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7289 } 7290 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7291 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7292 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7293 } 7294 else 7295 { 7296 /* LE */ 7297 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21; 7298 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */ 7299 if (tls_gd == 0) 7300 { 7301 /* Was an LD reloc. */ 7302 for (r_symndx = 0; 7303 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7304 r_symndx++) 7305 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7306 break; 7307 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7308 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7309 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7310 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7311 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7312 + sec->output_offset 7313 + sec->output_section->vma); 7314 } 7315 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7316 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7317 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1 7318 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4)) 7319 { 7320 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7321 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; 7322 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; 7323 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7325 } 7326 } 7327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1, 7328 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7329 if (tls_gd == 0) 7330 { 7331 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over 7332 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ 7333 goto again; 7334 } 7335 } 7336 break; 7337 7338 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7339 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7340 && rel + 1 < relend 7341 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 7342 { 7343 unsigned int insn2; 7344 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; 7345 7346 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7347 { 7348 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); 7349 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7350 break; 7351 } 7352 7353 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0) 7354 { 7355 /* IE */ 7356 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7357 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7358 } 7359 else 7360 { 7361 /* LE */ 7362 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7363 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7364 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7365 } 7366 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7367 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7368 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7369 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7370 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7371 } 7372 break; 7373 7374 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7375 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7376 && rel + 1 < relend 7377 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 7378 { 7379 unsigned int insn2; 7380 7381 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7382 { 7383 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7384 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7385 break; 7386 } 7387 7388 for (r_symndx = 0; 7389 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7390 r_symndx++) 7391 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7392 break; 7393 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7394 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7395 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7396 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7397 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7398 + sec->output_offset 7399 + sec->output_section->vma); 7400 7401 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7402 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7403 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7404 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, 7405 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7406 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7407 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7408 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7409 goto again; 7410 } 7411 break; 7412 } 7413 7414 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ 7415 branch_bit = 0; 7416 switch (r_type) 7417 { 7418 default: 7419 break; 7420 7421 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ 7422 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 7423 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 7424 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7425 /* Fall through. */ 7426 7427 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ 7428 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 7429 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 7430 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 7431 { 7432 unsigned int insn; 7433 7434 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7435 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7436 insn |= branch_bit; 7437 7438 from = (rel->r_offset 7439 + input_section->output_offset 7440 + input_section->output_section->vma); 7441 7442 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ 7443 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0) 7444 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7445 7446 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7447 } 7448 break; 7449 7450 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 7451 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7452 { 7453 unsigned int insn; 7454 7455 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7456 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7457 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 7458 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0) 7459 { 7460 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 7461 { 7462 /* Convert addis to lis. */ 7463 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7464 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7465 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7466 } 7467 } 7468 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 7469 info->callbacks->einfo 7470 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"), 7471 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7472 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn); 7473 } 7474 break; 7475 } 7476 7477 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 7478 && h != NULL 7479 && !h->def_regular 7480 && h->protected_def 7481 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 7482 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 7483 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 7484 { 7485 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected 7486 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */ 7487 unsigned int insn; 7488 7489 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA 7490 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7491 { 7492 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7493 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7494 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26) 7495 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */) 7496 { 7497 bfd_byte *p; 7498 bfd_vma off; 7499 bfd_vma got_addr; 7500 7501 p = (contents + input_section->size 7502 - relax_info->workaround_size 7503 - relax_info->picfixup_size 7504 + picfixup_size); 7505 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7506 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0) 7507 info->callbacks->einfo 7508 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"), 7509 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 7510 7511 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off, 7512 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7513 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7514 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7515 + (h->got.offset & ~1)); 7516 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset; 7517 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 7518 wrel->r_addend = got_addr; 7519 insn &= ~0xffff; 7520 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 7521 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7522 7523 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */ 7524 insn &= ~0xffff; 7525 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26; 7526 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5; 7527 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff; 7528 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4); 7529 7530 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8); 7531 picfixup_size += 12; 7532 7533 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs 7534 output is reasonable. */ 7535 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel)); 7536 wrel++, rel++; 7537 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4; 7538 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 7539 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend; 7540 7541 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output 7542 dynamic reloc. */ 7543 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; 7544 } 7545 else 7546 _bfd_error_handler 7547 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7548 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7549 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7550 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7551 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn); 7552 } 7553 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO 7554 && offset_in_range (input_section, 7555 rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7556 { 7557 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7558 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7559 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 7560 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 7561 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 7562 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 7563 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 7564 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 7565 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 7566 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 7567 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 7568 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 7569 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 7570 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 7571 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 7572 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 7573 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 7574 && (insn & 3) != 1) 7575 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 7576 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))) 7577 { 7578 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */ 7579 relocation = 0; 7580 unresolved_reloc = false; 7581 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type); 7582 } 7583 else 7584 _bfd_error_handler 7585 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7586 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7587 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7588 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7589 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn); 7590 } 7591 } 7592 7593 ifunc = NULL; 7594 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 7595 { 7596 struct plt_entry *ent; 7597 7598 if (h != NULL) 7599 { 7600 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7601 ifunc = &h->plt.plist; 7602 } 7603 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL 7604 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7605 { 7606 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7607 7608 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 7609 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7610 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; 7611 } 7612 7613 ent = NULL; 7614 if (ifunc != NULL 7615 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) 7616 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 7617 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7618 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7619 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7620 { 7621 addend = 0; 7622 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7623 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7624 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7625 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7626 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7627 addend = rel->r_addend; 7628 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); 7629 } 7630 if (ent != NULL) 7631 { 7632 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7633 && ent->sec != got2 7634 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW 7635 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7636 || h == NULL 7637 || h->dynindx == -1)) 7638 { 7639 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub 7640 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in 7641 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and 7642 apparently are using code compiled with 7643 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code 7644 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend 7645 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or 7646 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far 7647 into .got2). */ 7648 info->callbacks->einfo 7649 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7650 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"), 7651 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); 7652 } 7653 7654 unresolved_reloc = false; 7655 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 7656 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7657 || h == NULL 7658 || h->dynindx == -1) 7659 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 7660 + htab->glink->output_offset 7661 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1)); 7662 else 7663 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 7664 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 7665 + ent->plt.offset); 7666 } 7667 } 7668 7669 addend = rel->r_addend; 7670 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc; 7671 howto = NULL; 7672 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7673 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7674 7675 tls_type = 0; 7676 switch (r_type) 7677 { 7678 default: 7679 de_fault: 7680 if (howto) 7681 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7682 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 7683 input_bfd, howto->name); 7684 else 7685 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7686 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"), 7687 input_bfd, r_type); 7688 7689 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 7690 ret = false; 7691 goto copy_reloc; 7692 7693 case R_PPC_NONE: 7694 case R_PPC_TLS: 7695 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7696 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7697 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 7698 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 7699 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 7700 goto copy_reloc; 7701 7702 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's 7703 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the 7704 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the 7705 symbol and put the symbol value there. */ 7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7710 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7711 goto dogot; 7712 7713 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7714 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7715 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7716 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7717 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7718 goto dogot; 7719 7720 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7721 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7722 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 7723 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 7724 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7725 goto dogot; 7726 7727 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 7728 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 7729 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 7730 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 7731 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7732 goto dogot; 7733 7734 case R_PPC_GOT16: 7735 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 7736 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 7737 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 7738 tls_mask = 0; 7739 dogot: 7740 { 7741 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global 7742 offset table. */ 7743 bfd_vma off; 7744 bfd_vma *offp; 7745 unsigned long indx; 7746 7747 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 7748 abort (); 7749 7750 indx = 0; 7751 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) 7752 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7753 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset; 7754 else if (h != NULL) 7755 { 7756 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7757 || h->dynindx == -1 7758 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) 7759 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7760 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a 7761 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined 7762 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local 7763 because of a version file. */ 7764 ; 7765 else 7766 { 7767 indx = h->dynindx; 7768 unresolved_reloc = false; 7769 } 7770 offp = &h->got.offset; 7771 } 7772 else 7773 { 7774 if (local_got_offsets == NULL) 7775 abort (); 7776 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; 7777 } 7778 7779 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the 7780 least significant bit to record whether we have already 7781 processed this entry. */ 7782 off = *offp; 7783 if ((off & 1) != 0) 7784 off &= ~1; 7785 else 7786 { 7787 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7788 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL 7789 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE) 7790 : 0); 7791 7792 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) 7793 tls_m = TLS_LD; 7794 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0 7795 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7796 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7797 7798 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym. 7799 Initialize them all. */ 7800 do 7801 { 7802 int tls_ty = 0; 7803 7804 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0) 7805 { 7806 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7807 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7808 } 7809 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0) 7810 { 7811 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7812 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD; 7813 } 7814 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7815 { 7816 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7817 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL; 7818 } 7819 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) 7820 { 7821 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7822 tls_m = 0; 7823 } 7824 7825 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */ 7826 if (indx != 0 7827 || (bfd_link_pic (info) 7828 && (h == NULL 7829 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7830 && !(tls_ty != 0 7831 && bfd_link_executable (info) 7832 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7833 && (h != NULL 7834 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root) 7835 : sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS))) 7836 { 7837 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 7838 7839 if (ifunc != NULL) 7840 { 7841 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 7842 if (indx == 0) 7843 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7844 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 7845 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7846 } 7847 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7848 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7849 + off); 7850 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7851 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7852 { 7853 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32); 7854 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7855 { 7856 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, 7857 &outrel, 7858 rsec)); 7859 outrel.r_offset += 4; 7860 outrel.r_info 7861 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7862 } 7863 } 7864 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7865 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7866 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) 7867 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32); 7868 else if (indx != 0) 7869 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT); 7870 else if (ifunc != NULL) 7871 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 7872 else 7873 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 7874 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7875 { 7876 outrel.r_addend += relocation; 7877 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) 7878 { 7879 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7880 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7881 else 7882 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; 7883 } 7884 } 7885 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, 7886 &outrel, rsec)); 7887 } 7888 7889 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not 7890 emitting a reloc. */ 7891 else 7892 { 7893 bfd_vma value = relocation; 7894 7895 if (tls_ty != 0) 7896 { 7897 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7898 value = 0; 7899 else 7900 { 7901 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD) 7902 value = 0; 7903 else 7904 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7905 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL) 7906 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; 7907 } 7908 7909 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7910 { 7911 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7912 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); 7913 value = 1; 7914 } 7915 } 7916 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7917 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); 7918 } 7919 7920 off += 4; 7921 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7922 off += 4; 7923 } 7924 while (tls_m != 0); 7925 7926 off = *offp; 7927 *offp = off | 1; 7928 } 7929 7930 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) 7931 abort (); 7932 7933 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0) 7934 { 7935 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7936 { 7937 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 7938 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7939 off += 8; 7940 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7941 { 7942 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 7943 off += 8; 7944 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7945 { 7946 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7947 off += 4; 7948 } 7949 } 7950 } 7951 } 7952 7953 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */ 7954 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 7955 goto copy_reloc; 7956 7957 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7958 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7959 + off 7960 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot)); 7961 7962 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense. 7963 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is 7964 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the 7965 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */ 7966 if (addend != 0) 7967 info->callbacks->einfo 7968 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7969 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"), 7970 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7971 howto->name, 7972 sym_name); 7973 } 7974 break; 7975 7976 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */ 7977 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 7978 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation 7979 at a symbol not in this object. */ 7980 if (unresolved_reloc) 7981 { 7982 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info, 7983 h->root.root.string, 7984 input_bfd, 7985 input_section, 7986 rel->r_offset, 7987 true); 7988 goto copy_reloc; 7989 } 7990 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info)) 7991 { 7992 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since 7993 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More 7994 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call 7995 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to 7996 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is 7997 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking 7998 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is 7999 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */ 8000 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8001 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"), 8002 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8003 h->root.root.string); 8004 } 8005 break; 8006 8007 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8008 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8009 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 8010 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8011 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8012 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8013 break; 8014 8015 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared 8016 object. */ 8017 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8018 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8019 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 8020 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8021 if (h != NULL 8022 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 8023 && h->dynindx == -1 8024 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 8025 { 8026 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol 8027 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since 8028 code using weak externs ought to check that they are 8029 defined before using them. */ 8030 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; 8031 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8032 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2); 8033 if (insn != 0) 8034 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 8035 break; 8036 } 8037 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8038 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8039 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared 8040 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in 8041 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ 8042 goto dodyn; 8043 8044 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 8045 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8046 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8047 goto dodyn; 8048 8049 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 8050 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8051 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8052 goto dodyn; 8053 8054 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 8055 relocation = 1; 8056 addend = 0; 8057 goto dodyn; 8058 8059 case R_PPC_REL16: 8060 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 8061 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 8062 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8063 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8064 break; 8065 8066 case R_PPC_REL32: 8067 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8068 break; 8069 /* fall through */ 8070 8071 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 8072 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8073 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8074 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 8075 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8076 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 8077 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 8078 goto dodyn; 8079 8080 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 8081 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 8082 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 8083 case R_PPC_REL24: 8084 case R_PPC_REL14: 8085 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 8086 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 8087 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be 8088 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */ 8089 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 8090 || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8091 break; 8092 /* fall through */ 8093 8094 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 8095 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 8096 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 8097 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 8098 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 8099 break; 8100 /* fall through */ 8101 8102 dodyn: 8103 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 8104 || is_vxworks_tls) 8105 break; 8106 8107 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 8108 ? ((h == NULL 8109 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL) 8110 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h)) 8111 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) 8112 : (h != NULL 8113 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL)) 8114 { 8115 int skip; 8116 asection *sreloc; 8117 long indx = 0; 8118 8119 #ifdef DEBUG 8120 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to " 8121 "create relocation for %s\n", 8122 (h && h->root.root.string 8123 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 8124 #endif 8125 8126 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations 8127 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run 8128 time. */ 8129 skip = 0; 8130 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, 8131 input_section, 8132 rel->r_offset); 8133 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 8134 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) 8135 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset; 8136 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 8137 + input_section->output_offset); 8138 8139 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */ 8140 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0) 8141 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0)) 8142 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32; 8143 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0) 8144 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0)) 8145 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16; 8146 8147 if (skip) 8148 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); 8149 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 8150 { 8151 indx = h->dynindx; 8152 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1); 8153 unresolved_reloc = false; 8154 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8155 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8156 } 8157 else 8158 { 8159 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; 8160 8161 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32) 8162 { 8163 if (ifunc != NULL) 8164 { 8165 /* If we get here when building a static 8166 executable, then the libc startup function 8167 responsible for applying indirect function 8168 relocations is going to complain about 8169 the reloc type. 8170 If we get here when building a dynamic 8171 executable, it will be because we have 8172 a text relocation. The dynamic loader 8173 will set the text segment writable and 8174 non-executable to apply text relocations. 8175 So we'll segfault when trying to run the 8176 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */ 8177 info->callbacks->einfo 8178 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8179 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect " 8180 "function %s unsupported\n"), 8181 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8182 howto->name, 8183 sym_name); 8184 ret = false; 8185 } 8186 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) 8187 ; 8188 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) 8189 { 8190 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8191 ret = false; 8192 } 8193 else 8194 { 8195 asection *osec; 8196 8197 /* We are turning this relocation into one 8198 against a section symbol. It would be 8199 proper to subtract the symbol's value, 8200 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, 8201 but ld.so expects buggy relocs. 8202 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */ 8203 osec = sec->output_section; 8204 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) 8205 { 8206 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec; 8207 indx = 0; 8208 } 8209 else 8210 { 8211 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8212 if (indx == 0) 8213 { 8214 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; 8215 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8216 } 8217 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); 8218 } 8219 8220 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs. 8221 Don't leave the symbol value in the 8222 addend for them. */ 8223 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type)) 8224 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma; 8225 } 8226 8227 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8228 } 8229 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8230 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 8231 else 8232 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 8233 } 8234 8235 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 8236 if (ifunc) 8237 { 8238 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 8239 if (indx == 0) 8240 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8241 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 8242 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8243 } 8244 if (sreloc == NULL) 8245 return false; 8246 8247 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, 8248 sreloc)); 8249 8250 if (skip == -1) 8251 goto copy_reloc; 8252 8253 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory 8254 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */ 8255 if (!skip) 8256 { 8257 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0; 8258 addend = 0; 8259 break; 8260 } 8261 } 8262 break; 8263 8264 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 8265 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 8266 if (h != NULL) 8267 { 8268 struct plt_entry *ent; 8269 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0; 8270 8271 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 8272 { 8273 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8274 got2_addend = addend; 8275 addend = 0; 8276 } 8277 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend); 8278 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8279 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8280 + htab->glink->output_offset 8281 + ent->glink_offset); 8282 else 8283 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8284 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8285 + ent->plt.offset); 8286 } 8287 /* Fall through. */ 8288 8289 case R_PPC_RELAX: 8290 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 8291 ? offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - 12, 8292 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) * 4) 8293 : offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 8294 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry) * 4)) 8295 { 8296 const int *stub; 8297 size_t size; 8298 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset; 8299 unsigned int insn; 8300 8301 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8302 { 8303 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma 8304 + input_section->output_offset 8305 + rel->r_offset - 4); 8306 stub = shared_stub_entry; 8307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12); 8308 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8); 8309 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4); 8310 stub += 3; 8311 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3; 8312 } 8313 else 8314 { 8315 stub = stub_entry; 8316 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 8317 } 8318 8319 relocation += addend; 8320 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 8321 relocation = 0; 8322 8323 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */ 8324 insn = *stub++; 8325 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8326 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8327 insn_offset += 4; 8328 8329 insn = *stub++; 8330 insn |= relocation & 0xffff; 8331 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8332 insn_offset += 4; 8333 size -= 2; 8334 8335 while (size != 0) 8336 { 8337 insn = *stub++; 8338 --size; 8339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8340 insn_offset += 4; 8341 } 8342 8343 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop 8344 relocs to describe this relocation. */ 8345 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); 8346 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ 8347 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset; 8348 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 8349 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8350 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel)); 8351 wrel++, rel++; 8352 wrel->r_offset += 4; 8353 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 8354 } 8355 else 8356 goto de_fault; 8357 continue; 8358 8359 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 8360 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 8361 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL); 8362 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym)) 8363 { 8364 unresolved_reloc = true; 8365 break; 8366 } 8367 relocation 8368 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0], 8369 h, relocation, rel); 8370 addend = 0; 8371 break; 8372 8373 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 8374 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 8375 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL); 8376 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym)) 8377 { 8378 unresolved_reloc = true; 8379 break; 8380 } 8381 relocation 8382 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1], 8383 h, relocation, rel); 8384 addend = 0; 8385 break; 8386 8387 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got 8388 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating 8389 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the 8390 AIX .toc section. */ 8391 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */ 8392 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8393 { 8394 unresolved_reloc = true; 8395 break; 8396 } 8397 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0 8398 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0); 8399 8400 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; 8401 break; 8402 8403 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 8404 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL) 8405 { 8406 struct plt_entry *ent; 8407 8408 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, 8409 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8410 if (ent == NULL 8411 || htab->elf.splt == NULL) 8412 { 8413 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This 8414 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when 8415 using -Bsymbolic. */ 8416 } 8417 else 8418 { 8419 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the 8420 procedure linkage table. */ 8421 unresolved_reloc = false; 8422 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8423 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8424 + htab->glink->output_offset 8425 + ent->glink_offset); 8426 else 8427 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8428 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8429 + ent->plt.offset); 8430 } 8431 } 8432 8433 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 8434 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. 8435 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */ 8436 addend = 0; 8437 break; 8438 8439 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8440 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8441 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8442 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 8443 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8444 plt_list = NULL; 8445 if (h != NULL) 8446 plt_list = &h->plt.plist; 8447 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8448 plt_list = ifunc; 8449 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 8450 { 8451 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 8452 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 8453 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 8454 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx; 8455 } 8456 unresolved_reloc = true; 8457 if (plt_list != NULL) 8458 { 8459 struct plt_entry *ent; 8460 8461 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2, 8462 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8463 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 8464 { 8465 asection *plt; 8466 8467 unresolved_reloc = false; 8468 plt = htab->elf.splt; 8469 if (use_local_plt (info, h)) 8470 { 8471 if (ifunc != NULL) 8472 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 8473 else 8474 plt = htab->pltlocal; 8475 } 8476 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma 8477 + plt->output_offset 8478 + ent->plt.offset); 8479 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8480 { 8481 bfd_vma got = 0; 8482 8483 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 8484 got = (ent->addend 8485 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 8486 + ent->sec->output_offset); 8487 else 8488 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 8489 relocation -= got; 8490 } 8491 } 8492 } 8493 addend = 0; 8494 break; 8495 8496 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */ 8497 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8498 { 8499 const char *name; 8500 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8501 8502 if (sec == NULL 8503 || sec->output_section == NULL 8504 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8505 { 8506 unresolved_reloc = true; 8507 break; 8508 } 8509 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8510 8511 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8512 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8513 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)) 8514 { 8515 _bfd_error_handler 8516 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8517 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8518 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8519 input_bfd, 8520 sym_name, 8521 howto->name, 8522 name); 8523 } 8524 } 8525 break; 8526 8527 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */ 8528 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 8529 { 8530 const char *name; 8531 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8532 8533 if (sec == NULL 8534 || sec->output_section == NULL 8535 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8536 { 8537 unresolved_reloc = true; 8538 break; 8539 } 8540 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8541 8542 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8543 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8544 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)) 8545 { 8546 _bfd_error_handler 8547 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8548 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8549 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8550 input_bfd, 8551 sym_name, 8552 howto->name, 8553 name); 8554 } 8555 } 8556 break; 8557 8558 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 8559 relocation = relocation + addend; 8560 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8561 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8562 split16a_type, 8563 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8564 goto report_reloc; 8565 8566 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 8567 relocation = relocation + addend; 8568 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8569 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8570 split16d_type, 8571 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8572 goto report_reloc; 8573 8574 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 8575 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8576 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8577 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8578 split16a_type, 8579 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8580 goto report_reloc; 8581 8582 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 8583 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8584 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8585 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8586 split16d_type, 8587 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8588 goto report_reloc; 8589 8590 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 8591 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8592 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8593 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8594 split16a_type, 8595 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8596 goto report_reloc; 8597 8598 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 8599 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8600 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8601 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8602 split16d_type, 8603 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8604 goto report_reloc; 8605 8606 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */ 8607 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 8608 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 8609 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 8610 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 8611 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 8612 { 8613 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 8614 goto report_reloc; 8615 } 8616 else 8617 { 8618 const char *name; 8619 int reg; 8620 unsigned int insn; 8621 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8622 8623 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8624 { 8625 unresolved_reloc = true; 8626 break; 8627 } 8628 8629 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8630 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8631 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8632 { 8633 reg = 13; 8634 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8635 } 8636 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8637 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8638 { 8639 reg = 2; 8640 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8641 } 8642 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0 8643 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0) 8644 { 8645 reg = 0; 8646 } 8647 else 8648 { 8649 _bfd_error_handler 8650 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8651 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8652 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8653 input_bfd, 8654 sym_name, 8655 howto->name, 8656 name); 8657 8658 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8659 ret = false; 8660 goto copy_reloc; 8661 } 8662 8663 if (sda != NULL) 8664 { 8665 if (!is_static_defined (sda)) 8666 { 8667 unresolved_reloc = true; 8668 break; 8669 } 8670 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8671 } 8672 8673 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA) 8674 break; 8675 8676 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface 8677 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 8678 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and 8679 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on 8680 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file 8681 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in 8682 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */ 8683 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21) 8684 rel->r_offset &= ~1; 8685 8686 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 8687 if (reg == 0 8688 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8689 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO)) 8690 { 8691 relocation = relocation + addend; 8692 addend = 0; 8693 8694 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */ 8695 insn &= 0x1f << 21; 8696 insn |= 28u << 26; 8697 8698 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 8699 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 8700 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5; 8701 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 8702 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5; 8703 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 8704 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff; 8705 8706 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8707 8708 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 8709 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8710 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000) 8711 r = bfd_reloc_overflow; 8712 goto report_reloc; 8713 } 8714 /* Fill in register field. */ 8715 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT); 8716 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8717 } 8718 break; 8719 8720 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 8721 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 8722 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 8723 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 8724 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 8725 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 8726 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 8727 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 8728 else 8729 { 8730 bfd_vma value; 8731 const char *name; 8732 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8733 8734 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8735 { 8736 unresolved_reloc = true; 8737 break; 8738 } 8739 8740 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8741 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8742 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8743 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8744 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8745 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8746 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8747 else 8748 { 8749 _bfd_error_handler 8750 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8751 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8752 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8753 input_bfd, 8754 sym_name, 8755 howto->name, 8756 name); 8757 8758 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8759 ret = false; 8760 goto copy_reloc; 8761 } 8762 8763 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8764 { 8765 unresolved_reloc = true; 8766 break; 8767 } 8768 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda); 8769 8770 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A) 8771 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8772 rel->r_offset, 8773 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8774 split16a_type, 8775 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8776 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D) 8777 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8778 rel->r_offset, 8779 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8780 split16d_type, 8781 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8782 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A) 8783 { 8784 value = value >> 16; 8785 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8786 rel->r_offset, 8787 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8788 split16a_type, 8789 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8790 } 8791 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D) 8792 { 8793 value = value >> 16; 8794 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8795 rel->r_offset, 8796 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8797 split16d_type, 8798 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8799 } 8800 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A) 8801 { 8802 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8803 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8804 rel->r_offset, 8805 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8806 split16a_type, 8807 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8808 } 8809 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D) 8810 { 8811 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8812 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8813 rel->r_offset, 8814 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8815 split16d_type, 8816 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8817 } 8818 else 8819 abort (); 8820 } 8821 goto report_reloc; 8822 8823 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 8824 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 8825 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 8826 else 8827 { 8828 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, 8829 relocation); 8830 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 8831 } 8832 goto report_reloc; 8833 8834 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ 8835 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8836 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8837 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 8838 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8839 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8840 { 8841 unresolved_reloc = true; 8842 break; 8843 } 8844 addend -= sec->output_section->vma; 8845 break; 8846 8847 /* Negative relocations. */ 8848 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 8849 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 8850 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 8851 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 8852 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8853 addend -= 2 * relocation; 8854 break; 8855 8856 case R_PPC_COPY: 8857 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 8858 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 8859 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 8860 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 8861 case R_PPC_PLT32: 8862 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 8863 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 8864 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 8865 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 8866 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 8867 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8868 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 8869 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8870 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 8871 input_bfd, howto->name); 8872 8873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 8874 ret = false; 8875 goto copy_reloc; 8876 } 8877 8878 switch (r_type) 8879 { 8880 default: 8881 break; 8882 8883 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8884 if (htab->do_tls_opt 8885 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000 8886 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) 8887 8888 { 8889 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8890 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8891 } 8892 break; 8893 8894 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8895 if (htab->do_tls_opt 8896 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000 8897 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) 8898 { 8899 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8900 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8901 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 8902 insn |= 2 << 16; 8903 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 8904 } 8905 break; 8906 } 8907 8908 switch (r_type) 8909 { 8910 default: 8911 break; 8912 8913 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8914 if (unresolved_reloc) 8915 { 8916 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 8917 { 8918 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; 8919 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8920 insn &= 1; 8921 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p); 8922 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc; 8923 r_type = R_PPC_REL24; 8924 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8925 } 8926 } 8927 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8928 info->callbacks->einfo 8929 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8930 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8931 howto->name); 8932 break; 8933 8934 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8935 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8936 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8937 if (unresolved_reloc) 8938 { 8939 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) 8940 { 8941 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8942 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8943 unresolved_reloc = false; 8944 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 8945 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8946 } 8947 } 8948 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8949 info->callbacks->einfo 8950 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8951 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8952 howto->name); 8953 break; 8954 } 8955 8956 /* Do any further special processing. */ 8957 switch (r_type) 8958 { 8959 default: 8960 break; 8961 8962 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8963 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8964 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8965 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8966 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8967 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8968 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8969 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8970 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol 8971 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, 8972 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol 8973 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ 8974 if (sec == NULL) 8975 break; 8976 /* Fall through. */ 8977 8978 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8979 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 8980 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 8981 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 8982 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 8983 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 8984 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. 8985 Bits 0:15 are not used. */ 8986 addend += 0x8000; 8987 break; 8988 8989 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8990 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8991 case R_PPC_GOT16: 8992 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 8993 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8994 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8995 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8996 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8997 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8998 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8999 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 9000 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 9001 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 9002 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 9003 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 9004 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 9005 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 9006 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 9007 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 9008 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 9009 { 9010 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with 9011 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits 9012 that make up part of the insn opcode. */ 9013 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit; 9014 9015 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 9016 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 9017 mask = 0; 9018 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn)) 9019 mask = 3; 9020 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn)) 9021 mask = 15; 9022 else 9023 break; 9024 relocation += addend; 9025 addend = insn & mask; 9026 lobit = mask & relocation; 9027 if (lobit != 0) 9028 { 9029 relocation ^= lobit; 9030 info->callbacks->einfo 9031 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9032 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"), 9033 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9034 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1); 9035 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 9036 ret = false; 9037 } 9038 } 9039 break; 9040 } 9041 9042 #ifdef DEBUG 9043 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, " 9044 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", 9045 howto->name, 9046 (int) r_type, 9047 sym_name, 9048 r_symndx, 9049 (long) rel->r_offset, 9050 (long) addend); 9051 #endif 9052 9053 if (unresolved_reloc 9054 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 9055 && h->def_dynamic) 9056 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, 9057 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) 9058 { 9059 info->callbacks->einfo 9060 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9061 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"), 9062 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9063 howto->name, 9064 sym_name); 9065 ret = false; 9066 } 9067 9068 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a 9069 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should 9070 have different reloc types. */ 9071 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont 9072 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff 9073 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 9074 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) 9075 { 9076 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed; 9077 9078 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0) 9079 { 9080 unsigned int insn; 9081 9082 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); 9083 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */) 9084 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield; 9085 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */ 9086 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */ 9087 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */) 9088 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned; 9089 } 9090 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain) 9091 { 9092 alt_howto = *howto; 9093 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain; 9094 howto = &alt_howto; 9095 } 9096 } 9097 9098 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 9099 { 9100 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */ 9101 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 9102 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 9103 else 9104 { 9105 unsigned int insn; 9106 9107 relocation += addend; 9108 relocation -= (rel->r_offset 9109 + input_section->output_offset 9110 + input_section->output_section->vma); 9111 relocation >>= 16; 9112 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 9113 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 9114 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15); 9115 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 9116 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 9117 } 9118 } 9119 else 9120 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, 9121 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend); 9122 9123 report_reloc: 9124 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 9125 { 9126 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) 9127 { 9128 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow 9129 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */ 9130 if (!warned 9131 && !(h != NULL 9132 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 9133 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 9134 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))) 9135 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow 9136 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name, 9137 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 9138 } 9139 else 9140 { 9141 info->callbacks->einfo 9142 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9143 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"), 9144 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9145 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r); 9146 ret = false; 9147 } 9148 } 9149 copy_reloc: 9150 if (wrel != rel) 9151 *wrel = *rel; 9152 } 9153 9154 if (wrel != rel) 9155 { 9156 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 9157 size_t deleted = rel - wrel; 9158 9159 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); 9160 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9161 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) 9162 { 9163 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave 9164 one NONE reloc. 9165 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ 9166 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 9167 deleted -= 1; 9168 wrel++; 9169 } 9170 relend = wrel; 9171 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); 9172 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9173 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; 9174 } 9175 9176 #ifdef DEBUG 9177 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9178 #endif 9179 9180 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9181 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize 9182 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 9183 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)) 9184 { 9185 /* Branch around the trampolines. */ 9186 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize; 9187 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize); 9188 } 9189 9190 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 9191 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9192 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) 9193 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power 9194 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))) 9195 { 9196 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr; 9197 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 9198 9199 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0) 9200 { 9201 bfd_byte *p; 9202 unsigned int n; 9203 bfd_byte fill[4]; 9204 9205 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill); 9206 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size; 9207 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2; 9208 while (n--) 9209 { 9210 memcpy (p, fill, 4); 9211 p += 4; 9212 } 9213 } 9214 9215 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a 9216 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a 9217 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by 9218 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not 9219 wanting to touch data-in-text. */ 9220 9221 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma 9222 + input_section->output_offset); 9223 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9224 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9225 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4); 9226 addr < end_addr; 9227 addr += pagesize) 9228 { 9229 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr; 9230 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi; 9231 bool is_data; 9232 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr; 9233 unsigned int insn; 9234 9235 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave 9236 the word alone. */ 9237 is_data = false; 9238 lo = relocs; 9239 hi = relend; 9240 rel = NULL; 9241 while (lo < hi) 9242 { 9243 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2; 9244 if (rel->r_offset < offset) 9245 lo = rel + 1; 9246 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3) 9247 hi = rel; 9248 else 9249 { 9250 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 9251 { 9252 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 9253 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 9254 case R_PPC_REL32: 9255 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 9256 is_data = true; 9257 break; 9258 default: 9259 break; 9260 } 9261 break; 9262 } 9263 } 9264 if (is_data) 9265 continue; 9266 9267 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional 9268 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl), 9269 avoid the icache failure. 9270 9271 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary 9272 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next 9273 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad 9274 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The 9275 unconditional branches: 9276 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla, 9277 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla, 9278 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl, 9279 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional, 9280 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is 9281 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the 9282 instruction is not executed. 9283 9284 A bctr example: 9285 . 9286 . lis 9,new_page@ha 9287 . addi 9,9,new_page@l 9288 . mtctr 9 9289 . bctr 9290 . nop 9291 . nop 9292 . new_page: 9293 . 9294 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being 9295 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the 9296 new page which might have stale instructions. If they 9297 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the 9298 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications 9299 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first 9300 place: 9301 . 9302 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha 9303 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l 9304 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9 9305 . bctr bctr 9306 . nop b somewhere_else 9307 . b somewhere_else nop 9308 . new_page: new_page: 9309 . */ 9310 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); 9311 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */ 9312 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/ 9313 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */ 9314 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26) 9315 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */ 9316 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */ 9317 continue; 9318 9319 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9320 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9321 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16; 9322 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr; 9323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset); 9324 9325 if (rel != NULL 9326 && rel->r_offset >= offset 9327 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4) 9328 { 9329 asection *sreloc; 9330 9331 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the 9332 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved 9333 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */ 9334 if (rel + 1 != relend) 9335 { 9336 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel; 9337 9338 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */ 9339 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel)); 9340 relend[-1] = tmp; 9341 } 9342 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9343 9344 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */ 9345 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info)) 9346 { 9347 case R_PPC_REL16: 9348 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 9349 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 9350 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 9351 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset; 9352 break; 9353 default: 9354 break; 9355 } 9356 9357 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with 9358 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too? 9359 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */ 9360 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 9361 if (sreloc != NULL) 9362 { 9363 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend; 9364 bfd_vma soffset; 9365 9366 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents; 9367 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count; 9368 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma 9369 + input_section->output_offset); 9370 while (slo < shi) 9371 { 9372 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2; 9373 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel, 9374 &outrel); 9375 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset) 9376 slo = srel + 1; 9377 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3) 9378 shi = srel; 9379 else 9380 { 9381 if (srel + 1 != srelend) 9382 { 9383 memmove (srel, srel + 1, 9384 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel)); 9385 srel = srelend - 1; 9386 } 9387 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9388 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, 9389 (bfd_byte *) srel); 9390 break; 9391 } 9392 } 9393 } 9394 } 9395 else 9396 rel = NULL; 9397 9398 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */ 9399 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */) 9400 { 9401 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; 9402 9403 delta += offset - patch_off; 9404 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9405 delta = 0; 9406 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9407 { 9408 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 9409 9410 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info); 9411 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN) 9412 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9413 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9414 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9415 else 9416 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14); 9417 9418 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 9419 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9420 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000 9421 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0) 9422 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9423 } 9424 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 9425 { 9426 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9427 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc), 9428 contents + patch_off); 9429 patch_off += 4; 9430 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9431 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9432 contents + patch_off); 9433 patch_off += 4; 9434 } 9435 else 9436 { 9437 if (rel != NULL) 9438 { 9439 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info); 9440 9441 relend[-1].r_offset += 8; 9442 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24); 9443 } 9444 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9445 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8, 9446 contents + patch_off); 9447 patch_off += 4; 9448 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9449 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9450 contents + patch_off); 9451 patch_off += 4; 9452 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9453 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc), 9454 contents + patch_off); 9455 patch_off += 4; 9456 } 9457 } 9458 else 9459 { 9460 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off); 9461 patch_off += 4; 9462 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9463 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9464 contents + patch_off); 9465 patch_off += 4; 9466 } 9467 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size); 9468 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off; 9469 } 9470 } 9471 9472 return ret; 9473 } 9474 9475 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */ 9477 9478 static bool 9479 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 9480 { 9481 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; 9482 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9483 struct plt_entry *ent; 9484 bool doneone; 9485 9486 doneone = false; 9487 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9488 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9489 { 9490 bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h); 9491 9492 if (!doneone) 9493 { 9494 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9495 bfd_byte *loc; 9496 bfd_vma reloc_index; 9497 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9498 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; 9499 9500 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 9501 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4; 9502 else 9503 { 9504 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 9505 / htab->plt_slot_size); 9506 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 9507 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9508 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2; 9509 } 9510 9511 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. 9512 Set it up. */ 9513 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn) 9514 { 9515 bfd_vma got_offset; 9516 const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 9517 9518 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */ 9519 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4; 9520 9521 /* Use the right PLT. */ 9522 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 9523 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry; 9524 9525 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */ 9526 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9527 { 9528 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9529 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset), 9530 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9531 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9532 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset), 9533 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9534 } 9535 else 9536 { 9537 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9538 9539 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9540 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc), 9541 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9542 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9543 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc), 9544 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9545 } 9546 9547 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2], 9548 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8); 9549 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3], 9550 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12); 9551 9552 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is 9553 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the 9554 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the 9555 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */ 9556 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a 9557 prescaled offset. */ 9558 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9559 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index, 9560 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16); 9561 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is 9562 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch 9563 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry. 9564 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value 9565 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit 9566 offset. */ 9567 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9568 (plt_entry[5] 9569 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)), 9570 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20); 9571 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6], 9572 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24); 9573 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7], 9574 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28); 9575 9576 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with 9577 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction 9578 in this PLT entry. */ 9579 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma 9580 + plt->output_offset 9581 + ent->plt.offset + 16), 9582 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset); 9583 9584 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9585 { 9586 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */ 9587 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents 9588 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index 9589 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS) 9590 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9591 9592 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 9593 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9594 + plt->output_offset 9595 + ent->plt.offset + 2); 9596 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9597 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 9598 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9599 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc, 9600 htab->srelplt2)); 9601 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9602 9603 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 9604 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9605 + plt->output_offset 9606 + ent->plt.offset + 6); 9607 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9608 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 9609 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9610 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc, 9611 htab->srelplt2)); 9612 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9613 9614 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this 9615 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */ 9616 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9617 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9618 + got_offset); 9619 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, 9620 R_PPC_ADDR32); 9621 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16; 9622 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc, 9623 htab->srelplt2)); 9624 } 9625 9626 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT. 9627 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the 9628 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified 9629 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of 9630 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */ 9631 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9632 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9633 + got_offset); 9634 rela.r_addend = 0; 9635 } 9636 else 9637 { 9638 rela.r_addend = 0; 9639 if (!dyn) 9640 { 9641 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9642 { 9643 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9644 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9645 } 9646 else 9647 { 9648 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9649 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; 9650 } 9651 if (h->def_regular 9652 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 9653 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 9654 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h); 9655 } 9656 9657 if (relplt == NULL) 9658 { 9659 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9660 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc); 9661 } 9662 else 9663 { 9664 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9665 + plt->output_offset 9666 + ent->plt.offset); 9667 9668 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn) 9669 { 9670 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic 9671 linker will fill it in. */ 9672 } 9673 else 9674 { 9675 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset 9676 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 9677 + htab->glink->output_offset); 9678 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, 9679 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset); 9680 } 9681 } 9682 } 9683 9684 if (relplt != NULL) 9685 { 9686 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 9687 if (!dyn) 9688 { 9689 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9690 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9691 else 9692 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9693 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9694 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9695 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9696 } 9697 else 9698 { 9699 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT); 9700 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index 9701 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9702 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h)) 9703 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9704 } 9705 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, 9706 loc, relplt)); 9707 } 9708 doneone = true; 9709 } 9710 9711 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 9712 { 9713 unsigned char *p; 9714 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9715 9716 if (!dyn) 9717 { 9718 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9719 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9720 else 9721 break; 9722 } 9723 9724 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9725 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info); 9726 9727 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9728 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */ 9729 break; 9730 } 9731 else 9732 break; 9733 } 9734 return true; 9735 } 9736 9737 /* Finish up PLT handling. */ 9738 9739 bool 9740 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info) 9741 { 9742 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9743 bfd *ibfd; 9744 9745 if (!htab) 9746 return true; 9747 9748 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info); 9749 9750 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 9751 { 9752 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got; 9753 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt; 9754 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 9755 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 9756 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; 9757 struct plt_entry *ent; 9758 9759 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 9760 continue; 9761 9762 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd); 9763 if (!local_got) 9764 continue; 9765 9766 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 9767 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 9768 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 9769 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 9770 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 9771 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt) 9772 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9773 { 9774 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9775 { 9776 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 9777 asection *sym_sec; 9778 asection *plt, *relplt; 9779 bfd_byte *loc; 9780 bfd_vma val; 9781 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9782 unsigned char *p; 9783 9784 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, 9785 lplt - local_plt, ibfd)) 9786 { 9787 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9788 free (local_syms); 9789 return false; 9790 } 9791 9792 val = sym->st_value; 9793 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 9794 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma; 9795 9796 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9797 { 9798 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9799 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9800 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9801 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9802 } 9803 else 9804 { 9805 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9806 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9807 { 9808 relplt = htab->relpltlocal; 9809 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9810 } 9811 else 9812 { 9813 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9814 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc); 9815 continue; 9816 } 9817 } 9818 9819 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset 9820 + plt->output_offset 9821 + plt->output_section->vma); 9822 rela.r_addend = val; 9823 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, 9824 relplt)); 9825 9826 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9827 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info); 9828 } 9829 } 9830 9831 if (local_syms != NULL 9832 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9833 { 9834 if (!info->keep_memory) 9835 free (local_syms); 9836 else 9837 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 9838 } 9839 } 9840 return true; 9841 } 9842 9843 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various 9844 dynamic sections here. */ 9845 9846 static bool 9847 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 9848 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9849 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 9850 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 9851 { 9852 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9853 struct plt_entry *ent; 9854 9855 #ifdef DEBUG 9856 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s", 9857 h->root.root.string); 9858 #endif 9859 9860 if (!h->def_regular 9861 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info))) 9862 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9863 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9864 { 9865 if (!h->def_regular) 9866 { 9867 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as 9868 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if 9869 there were any relocations where pointer equality 9870 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to 9871 make function pointer comparisons work between an 9872 application and shared library), otherwise set it 9873 to zero. */ 9874 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 9875 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) 9876 sym->st_value = 0; 9877 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) 9878 { 9879 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but 9880 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL 9881 function pointer. */ 9882 sym->st_value = 0; 9883 } 9884 } 9885 else 9886 { 9887 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie 9888 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid 9889 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in 9890 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic 9891 function symbols with plt entries, because we need 9892 to keep the original value around for the ifunc 9893 relocation. */ 9894 sym->st_shndx 9895 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section 9896 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section)); 9897 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset 9898 + htab->glink->output_offset 9899 + htab->glink->output_section->vma); 9900 } 9901 break; 9902 } 9903 9904 if (h->needs_copy) 9905 { 9906 asection *s; 9907 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9908 9909 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ 9910 9911 #ifdef DEBUG 9912 fprintf (stderr, ", copy"); 9913 #endif 9914 9915 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 9916 9917 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 9918 s = htab->relsbss; 9919 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) 9920 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 9921 else 9922 s = htab->elf.srelbss; 9923 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 9924 9925 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h); 9926 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY); 9927 rela.r_addend = 0; 9928 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, s)); 9929 } 9930 9931 #ifdef DEBUG 9932 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9933 #endif 9934 9935 return true; 9936 } 9937 9938 static enum elf_reloc_type_class 9940 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, 9941 const asection *rel_sec, 9942 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) 9943 { 9944 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9945 9946 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt) 9947 return reloc_class_ifunc; 9948 9949 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) 9950 { 9951 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 9952 return reloc_class_relative; 9953 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 9954 return reloc_class_plt; 9955 case R_PPC_COPY: 9956 return reloc_class_copy; 9957 default: 9958 return reloc_class_normal; 9959 } 9960 } 9961 9962 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ 9964 9965 static bool 9966 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 9967 struct bfd_link_info *info) 9968 { 9969 asection *sdyn; 9970 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 9971 bfd_vma got; 9972 bfd *dynobj; 9973 bool ret = true; 9974 9975 #ifdef DEBUG 9976 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n"); 9977 #endif 9978 9979 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9980 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; 9981 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); 9982 9983 got = 0; 9984 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 9985 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9986 9987 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 9988 { 9989 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; 9990 9991 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); 9992 9993 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; 9994 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); 9995 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) 9996 { 9997 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 9998 asection *s; 9999 10000 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); 10001 10002 switch (dyn.d_tag) 10003 { 10004 case DT_PLTGOT: 10005 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 10006 s = htab->elf.sgotplt; 10007 else 10008 s = htab->elf.splt; 10009 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 10010 break; 10011 10012 case DT_PLTRELSZ: 10013 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size; 10014 break; 10015 10016 case DT_JMPREL: 10017 s = htab->elf.srelplt; 10018 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 10019 break; 10020 10021 case DT_PPC_GOT: 10022 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got; 10023 break; 10024 10025 case DT_TEXTREL: 10026 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver) 10027 info->callbacks->einfo 10028 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect " 10029 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 10030 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver) 10031 info->callbacks->einfo 10032 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect " 10033 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 10034 continue; 10035 10036 default: 10037 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 10038 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) 10039 break; 10040 continue; 10041 } 10042 10043 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); 10044 } 10045 } 10046 10047 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 10048 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 10049 { 10050 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot 10051 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt) 10052 { 10053 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents; 10054 10055 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 10056 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 10057 { 10058 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4 10059 so that a function can easily find the address of 10060 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 10061 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4 10062 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 10063 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4); 10064 } 10065 10066 if (sdyn != NULL) 10067 { 10068 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset; 10069 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value 10070 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 10071 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p); 10072 } 10073 } 10074 else 10075 { 10076 /* xgettext:c-format */ 10077 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"), 10078 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string, 10079 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL 10080 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot)); 10081 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 10082 ret = false; 10083 } 10084 10085 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; 10086 } 10087 10088 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */ 10089 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 10090 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 10091 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 10092 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 10093 { 10094 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt; 10095 /* Use the right PLT. */ 10096 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info) 10097 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 10098 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry); 10099 10100 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 10101 { 10102 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 10103 10104 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value), 10105 splt->contents + 0); 10106 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value), 10107 splt->contents + 4); 10108 } 10109 else 10110 { 10111 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0); 10112 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4); 10113 } 10114 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8); 10115 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12); 10116 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16); 10117 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20); 10118 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24); 10119 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28); 10120 10121 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 10122 { 10123 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 10124 bfd_byte *loc; 10125 10126 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; 10127 10128 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 10129 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10130 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10131 + 2); 10132 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10133 rela.r_addend = 0; 10134 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc, htab->srelplt2)); 10135 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10136 10137 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 10138 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10139 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10140 + 6); 10141 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10142 rela.r_addend = 0; 10143 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc, htab->srelplt2)); 10144 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10145 10146 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong 10147 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order 10148 in which symbols were output. */ 10149 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) 10150 { 10151 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 10152 10153 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10154 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10155 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10156 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10157 10158 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10159 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10160 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10161 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10162 10163 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10164 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); 10165 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10166 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10167 } 10168 } 10169 } 10170 10171 if (htab->glink != NULL 10172 && htab->glink->contents != NULL 10173 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 10174 { 10175 unsigned char *p; 10176 unsigned char *endp; 10177 bfd_vma res0; 10178 10179 /* 10180 * PIC glink code is the following: 10181 * 10182 * # ith PLT code stub. 10183 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha 10184 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11) 10185 * mtctr 11 10186 * bctr 10187 * 10188 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry. 10189 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these 10190 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4. 10191 * res_0: b PLTresolve 10192 * res_1: b PLTresolve 10193 * . 10194 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops 10195 * res_n_m3: nop 10196 * res_n_m2: nop 10197 * res_n_m1: 10198 * 10199 * PLTresolve: 10200 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha 10201 * mflr 0 10202 * bcl 20,31,1f 10203 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l 10204 * mflr 12 10205 * mtlr 0 10206 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4 10207 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha 10208 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10209 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10210 * mtctr 0 10211 * add 0,11,11 10212 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10213 * bctr 10214 * 10215 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler. 10216 * 10217 * # ith PLT code stub. 10218 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha 10219 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11) 10220 * mtctr 11 10221 * bctr 10222 * 10223 * The branch table is the same, then comes 10224 * 10225 * PLTresolve: 10226 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha 10227 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha 10228 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10229 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4 10230 * mtctr 0 10231 * add 0,11,11 10232 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10233 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10234 * bctr 10235 */ 10236 10237 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one), 10238 and perhaps some padding. */ 10239 p = htab->glink->contents; 10240 p += htab->glink_pltresolve; 10241 endp = htab->glink->contents; 10242 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10243 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4)) 10244 { 10245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p); 10246 p += 4; 10247 } 10248 while (p < endp) 10249 { 10250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 10251 p += 4; 10252 } 10253 10254 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve 10255 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10256 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10257 10258 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround) 10259 { 10260 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't 10261 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the 10262 glink branch table. */ 10263 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 10264 bfd_vma page_addr; 10265 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10266 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10267 10268 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize; 10269 page_addr > glink_start; 10270 page_addr -= pagesize) 10271 { 10272 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */ 10273 bfd_byte *loc; 10274 unsigned int insn; 10275 10276 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start; 10277 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 10278 if (insn == BCTR) 10279 { 10280 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least 10281 one other call stub before this one. */ 10282 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16); 10283 if (insn == BCTR) 10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10285 else 10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10287 } 10288 } 10289 } 10290 10291 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */ 10292 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10293 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 10294 { 10295 bfd_vma bcl; 10296 10297 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4 10298 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10299 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10300 10301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p); 10302 p += 4; 10303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p); 10304 p += 4; 10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p); 10306 p += 4; 10307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p); 10308 p += 4; 10309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p); 10310 p += 4; 10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p); 10312 p += 4; 10313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p); 10314 p += 4; 10315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10316 p += 4; 10317 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl)) 10318 { 10319 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10320 p += 4; 10321 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p); 10322 p += 4; 10323 } 10324 else 10325 { 10326 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10327 p += 4; 10328 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10329 p += 4; 10330 } 10331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10332 p += 4; 10333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10334 } 10335 else 10336 { 10337 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p); 10338 p += 4; 10339 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p); 10340 p += 4; 10341 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10343 else 10344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10345 p += 4; 10346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p); 10347 p += 4; 10348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10349 p += 4; 10350 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10351 p += 4; 10352 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10353 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p); 10354 else 10355 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10356 } 10357 p += 4; 10358 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p); 10359 p += 4; 10360 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 10361 p += 4; 10362 while (p < endp) 10363 { 10364 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 10365 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 10366 p += 4; 10367 } 10368 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp); 10369 } 10370 10371 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 10372 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 10373 { 10374 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10375 bfd_vma val; 10376 10377 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 10378 /* FDE length. */ 10379 p += 4; 10380 /* CIE pointer. */ 10381 p += 4; 10382 /* Offset to .glink. */ 10383 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10384 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10385 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma 10386 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset); 10387 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10388 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 10389 10390 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME 10391 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, 10392 htab->glink_eh_frame, 10393 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)) 10394 return false; 10395 } 10396 10397 return ret; 10398 } 10399 10400 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec 10402 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" 10403 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec 10404 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" 10405 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc 10406 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA 10407 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC 10408 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 10409 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 10410 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto 10411 10412 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10413 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10414 #endif 10415 10416 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD 10417 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD 10418 #endif 10419 10420 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 10421 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 10422 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 10423 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 10424 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 10425 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 10426 10427 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject 10428 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data 10429 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section 10430 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup 10431 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup 10432 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags 10433 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create 10434 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab 10435 10436 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p 10437 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook 10438 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr 10439 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section 10440 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections 10441 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs 10442 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible 10443 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol 10444 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol 10445 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook 10446 #define elf_backend_late_size_sections ppc_elf_late_size_sections 10447 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol 10448 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol 10449 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections 10450 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections 10451 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers 10452 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map 10453 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus 10454 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo 10455 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note 10456 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class 10457 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing 10458 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing 10459 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section 10460 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr 10461 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val 10462 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded 10463 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section 10464 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags 10465 10466 #include "elf32-target.h" 10467 10468 /* FreeBSD Target */ 10469 10470 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10471 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10472 10473 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10474 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec 10475 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10476 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd" 10477 10478 #undef ELF_OSABI 10479 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD 10480 10481 #undef elf32_bed 10482 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed 10483 10484 #include "elf32-target.h" 10485 10486 /* VxWorks Target */ 10487 10488 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10489 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10490 10491 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10492 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec 10493 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10494 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks" 10495 10496 #undef ELF_OSABI 10497 10498 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS 10499 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks 10500 10501 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */ 10502 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 10503 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 10504 { 10505 if (sec->name == NULL) 10506 return NULL; 10507 10508 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0) 10509 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10510 10511 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10512 } 10513 10514 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides 10515 appropriately for VxWorks. */ 10516 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10517 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10518 { 10519 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; 10520 10521 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); 10522 if (ret) 10523 { 10524 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab 10525 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret; 10526 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS; 10527 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10528 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10529 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE; 10530 } 10531 return ret; 10532 } 10533 10534 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */ 10535 static bool 10536 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 10537 struct bfd_link_info *info, 10538 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 10539 const char **namep, 10540 flagword *flagsp, 10541 asection **secp, 10542 bfd_vma *valp) 10543 { 10544 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, 10545 valp)) 10546 return false; 10547 10548 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp); 10549 } 10550 10551 static bool 10552 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 10553 { 10554 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); 10555 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd); 10556 } 10557 10558 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so 10559 define it. */ 10560 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym 10561 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 10562 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt 10563 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 10564 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 10565 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0 10566 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 10567 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0 10568 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly 10569 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 10570 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size 10571 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 10572 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 10573 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 10574 10575 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab 10576 10577 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create 10578 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ 10579 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create 10580 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook 10581 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ 10582 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook 10583 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook 10584 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ 10585 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook 10586 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing 10587 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ 10588 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing 10589 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr 10590 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \ 10591 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr 10592 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs 10593 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \ 10594 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs 10595 10596 #undef elf32_bed 10597 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed 10598 10599 #include "elf32-target.h" 10600
Indexes created Mon Mar 30 00:23:01 UTC 2026